Through the evolutionary history we were isolated in one dimension of our total world, the rest of us cut adrift in the void. Our self-conscious being could only use the five physical senses and ten percent of our brain. Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God within, it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you must master in order to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower Light). Ego is the reason for the tower of Babel which led to the separation of Humanity and led to Humanity losing the oneness and not understanding each other. Ego is the root to all this.Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. This important theme of gnosis takes us back to the beginning of our search. Gnosis is the liberating knowledge that enables release from the materialistic mind-prison-world of the ego-matrix. Everything in our society is set up to entrap us. minds, thoughts and perception. Try to be free from all human constructs. Try to be free even from human expectations. Our society is controlled by the archons, so the masses don’t have their own thoughts but the thoughts of archons.

Through the evolutionary history we were isolated in one dimension of our total world, the rest of us cut adrift in the void. Our self-conscious being could only use the five physical senses and ten percent of our brain. Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God within, it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you must master in order to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower Light). Ego is the reason for the tower of Babel which led to the separation of Humanity and led to Humanity losing the oneness and not understanding each other. Ego is the root to all this.Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. This important theme of gnosis takes us back to the beginning of our search. Gnosis is the liberating knowledge that enables release from the materialistic mind-prison-world of the ego-matrix. Everything in our society is set up to entrap us. minds, thoughts and perception. Try to be free from all human constructs. Try to be free even from human expectations. Our society is controlled by the archons, so the masses don’t have their own thoughts but the thoughts of archons.

Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God within, it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you must master in order to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower Light). Ego is the reason for the tower of Babel which led to the separation of Humanity and led to Humanity losing the oneness and not understanding each other. Ego is the root to all this.

The creation of the first man had, therefore, a distinct and concrete end: to free the sparks of divine light from material creation, send them home, and thereby reverse the direction of creation.

Their goal was release from unconsciousness and ignorance, or incomprehension. Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. The spirit, the divine portion, sleeps in matter, unconscious of itself, and the only worthwhile purpose of life is to awaken and liberate it through knowledge.

Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. This important theme of gnosis takes us back to the beginning of our search. Gnosis is the liberating knowledge that enables release from the material evil world.

It is Maya which deludes man to think that the body acts, the mind thinks, the eyes see, the ears hear. Sanskrit maya means “illusion, magic”. Particularly in the Advaita Vedanta the illusion of Maya represents the limited, deluded ego, which understands reality as only psychological and mental and does not recognize the true self. It creates separation, corruption, distortion, delusion, illusion, glamour, maya, and false divisions in every move it makes! Do not be deluded by the negative ego’s deluded and corrupt thinking patterns.

The power of maya which deludes the person in bondage through the misrepresentation of creation, fails to delude the liberated person. We are mere ‘puppets ‘ in the hand of this Maya -body/ ego consciousness.

When you merge your Higher Self with your soul, the lies of archons cannot enslave you — at least not for long! You will wake up eventually. You will know who you are as a human and you will not go along societal rules and expectations as you will know them to be archonic.

Archons want to keep people operating on a low-level of consciousness. To do that, they keep the society sensual. When human sensuality is continuously activated through suggestive ads and in other ways, higher spiritual states cannot unfold.

If you learn to control your emotions, you will protect yourself from becoming archon food. And when you unite yourself with the Higher Self, you become so sensitive that you actually feel when those entities try to feed off you.

Archonic influence doesn’t end with your death. They will try to get your soul to be recycled so that they suck your energy over and over again. They even recycled your soul.

When you escape all of their traps, you will feel like you have lost the burden that you were carrying all this time without knowing it. If you experience this feeling, be sure that you escaped one of their traps.

Try to be free from all human constructs. Try to be free even from human expectations. Our society is controlled by the archons, so the masses don’t have their own thoughts but the thoughts of archons. All those expectations imprison us and blind us to our true natures. It’s the nourishing of our true selves that gives us freedom, and that’s why archons try so hard to distance humanity from who they really are. They want to make us forget our humanness, and since we are already born without understanding who we are (divine and unique beings), they do their best for us to never know it.

Everything in our society is set up to entrap us. Go to any mall and any product you will pick up will probably be designed for your own destruction of some sort, be it toxin-infested food, toxic beauty products or something that is designed to appeal to your ego and therefore silence the inner voice.

The society hates those who wake up because the society does the will of the archons. What the archons love – they love, and what the archons hate — they hate. In The Matrix movie it’s told that as long as people are plugged into the matrix, they are the enemies. This cannot be closer to the truth.

You would never believe the truth of this world unless it’s given directly by the Higher Self.

Archons want us to live with brain imbalance. They make .us operate only through one brain hemisphere.

Man’s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. Both intellect and ego using fear- based programs and concepts to gain control of humankind.

Its though meditation one learn to go beyond the intellect and ego that binds the mind to its limitation in the three dimensional world, and to the concepts of the left brain and the beta brain wave reality. Intuition (meditation) removes the knot of ignorance and its darkness. Instinct is considered by some to be the enemy of intelligence, and intellect to be the opponent of intuition.

Its through meditation one understand that; One cannot evolve from one’s robothood until one realizes how totally one has been robotized. Its through meditation one understand that; the robotized, automatized, mechanized mind is what hides the other realities, dimensions and the real Self in robotized “darkness of ignorance”.

The brain is divided into three parts- the “CORE” or the sub-conscious mind, the “left hemisphere” and the “right hemisphere”. The left hemisphere controls logic and reasoning and is filled with fear.

Left-brain dominance is very common in modem times, and it allows you to be easily dominated by outside forces. Belief defines something that doesn’t actually exist yet. A belief is a very creative thing; it is a strong, practiced thought—one that you either think over and over again, or one that you accept without question.

When we are forced into the left-brain by our conditioning, we find ourselves in an artificial world, like the unconscious residents of the Matrix. We are outside creation, separated by our beliefs from the natural world. The unconscious nature of our beliefs forces us to view nature as separate from ourselves; we can no longer see how we affect what we experience.

The limitations of the unnatural separation of right brain from left renders us disempowered and irresponsible at the same time. The belief system is a very convenient tool for those at the top who wish to hold others in mental slavery and emotional bondage. The Controllers who set themselves up as the gods of man have been siphoning off the creative energy of humans for eons. Beliefs are very creative. Beliefs call up the power of consciousness to transfer a potential held in the quantum soup of the implicate—unexpressed potential—over to the side of expressed consciousness—manifestation into form. Beliefs are very creative.

The left brain provides the “programming” for the “core” which does what needs to be done. The power of right hemisphere is infinite. The normal resting state of the brain is a silent current of thoughts, images, and memories that emerges spontaneously from within. You become more aware of spontaneous wandering of the mind, when you meditate. This default activity of the brain probably connects various experiences and emotional residues, puts them into perspective and lays them to rest.

When the right and left brain is balanced one is able to connect up more easilyto obtain information.

We must break the chains of ignorance and mass hypnosis by removing the blocks that are located throughout our bodies. Meditation does not depend on anything external: the mind is the only means. When we meditate we focus on the superconscious state of the mind, beyond the senses. Experiences through the senses are coated with a thick layer of negativities

When we are living in fear, limitation, and lack, we are identified with our small human selves. We have an identity of who we are in our ego structure that is so familiar that we resist changing that identity, even when it causes us pain and suffering. When you choose to become a conscious master of your life, creating what you desire from your Source Mind and applying The One Command, your ego can sometimes become uncertain. Anyone who experiences a state change from ordinary-thinking beta to the theta state for the first time knows it can be disconcerting. Some people have been programmed to think that the subconscious mind is a place of darkness and is bad, and they feel awkward, and perhaps somewhat fearful, of engaging at deeper levels within themselves. The exact opposite is true. By going within and attuning to your wonderful subconscious mind, you open the door to greater knowledge, capacity, and understanding. When you go from the subconscious into a higher vibration, you change your attention from your ego, and you dissolve into this lighter self, this spiritual self, and the greater capacity of who you are.

The more they can keep you coming from the left side of the brain, the more easily you can be controlled and manipulated, and the easier it is to distract you from finding out who you truly are and what you are truly doing here. The leaft brain is also the core that is using fear to stay in control and power, and fear is also the component that opens up the channels for mental nefative programming of the mind. The more they can keep you coming from the left side of the brain, the more easily you can be controlled and manipulated, and the easier it is to distract you from finding out who you truly are and what you are truly doing here. The powers that be are using computers to dumb down the masses and the next generation. Computers eliminate all right-side brain activity. The right side is the side that produces creativity, innovation, intuition, imagination, and insight, and these aspects go hand in hand with consciousness, creating, and the essence of your soul.

What most often prevents us from making changes in our thinking is the lack of knowledge of what the change will bring. As we build up an identity — an ego — to protect us from this uncertainty, the ego itself becomes more and more of a prison.

We must break the chains of ignorance and mass hypnosis by removing the blocks that are located throughout our bodies, which were placed there as a result of the denial of who we truly are —co-creators with the universal life essence. Truly we are beings of light, and the more we recognize this, the higher our collective vibration will become. It all evolves around true conscious awareness of who you are.

The ordinary man is ruled by this ignorance. But in the state of uplifted divine consciousness, ignorance is dethroned and wisdom rules in its stead.

The widely agreed goal of a spiritual teaching is to free the human being from the ignorance that keeps him/her in bondage to the material plane.

Spiritual knowledge will lead us out of mortal mind into super consciousness of our higher selves – consciousness is your only reality. Spiritual knowledge will lead us out of mortal mind into super consciousness of our higher selves of who we really are and not what we are programmed to be. To affect any changes one must first cancel, eliminate, remove the currently installed programming and only then can you reprogram. The subconscious mind can only react or respond to existing programs already contained in your mind’s memory as the collective shadow within the lower matrix of the archons. Fear is such pre-programmed pattern that is social and evolutionary engineered to limit awareness of this world and limit knowldge to understand that you are divine being. A veil of ignorance is in place and subconsiously affects the pre-programmed reptilian brain, and therefore our intellect and our spiritual eyes are covered, as it were, with the veil of ignorance. There is a web of deception around the essential error that enmeshes us in “co-emergent ignorance” with the Archons.

Spiritual knowledge will lead us out of mortal mind into super consciousness of our higher selves of who we really are and not what we are programmed to be. Humankind is been daily programmed away from the Divine Self and lack of knowledge keeping humankind trapped and imprisoned within the matrix of the archons.

To affect any changes one must first cancel, eliminate, remove the currently installed programming and only then can you reprogram. The subconscious mind can only react or respond to existing programs already contained in your mind’s memory as the collective shadow within the lower matrix of the archons. Fear is such pre-programmed pattern that is social and evolutionary engineered to limit awareness of this world and limit knowldge to understand that you are divine being.

When David Icke first introduced the Saturn/Moon matrix he said that he believes that this electromagnetic field, being broadcast from Saturn’s rings, and then focused keenly upon Earth from the Moon base, locks us into a lower consciousness state, but it can be overridden. Because our consciousness can override the frequency, we need to be locked into our reptilian brain in order to decode the electromagnetic frequencies the matrix broadcasts.

A veil of ignorance is in place and subconsiously affects the pre-programmed reptilian brain, and therefore our intellect and our spiritual eyes are covered, as it were, with the veil of ignorance. There is a web of deception around the essential error that enmeshes us in “co-emergent ignorance” with the Archons.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

In understanding this acceleration of an evolution of consciousness coming to an omega point in time… it is important to first define the biblical word apocalypse that appears in so many texts of the end times that manipulate and create fear in the market place. The word Apocalypse means… (Greek: Apokalypsis; “lifting of the veil”) is a term applied to the disclosure to certain privileged persons of something hidden from the majority of humankind. Today the term is often used to refer to the end of the world, which may be a shortening of the phrase “apokalupsis eschaton”, which literally means “revelation at the end of the aeon, or age”. So we are in the apocalypse, the “lifting of a veil” is a rising of consciousness that knows no fear (a physical lifting of a veil of ignorance, superstition and religious dogma) of the unknown for those certain privileged individuals that can see themselves on the other side of the Omega point.

The Divine Mind is the reality of who you are. What is it? How do you live from your divinity? How do you make it work in your life today? The first step is to acknowledge its’ existence within you. You must acknowledge your greatness. Acknowledge and accept your own greatness. Greatness means you are a wondrous, marvelous and truly great expression of the creative process. You are All That Is.

The only thing that has created an unreal reality for your heart and body has been the inability of the mind to join the truth with your conscious awareness.

You are now making choices from a limited system and are only allowing 10% of that ability to create your life on Earth. This is why you live in a world of fear. This is why you feel so limited. Only your choice of the ego and the mass consciousness stop you from expressing the totality of who you are. You are not in an evolutionary process. You are rather in a process of awakening. Very slowly you allow yourself to glimpse into this greater awareness of who you are. It is always there. This is who you are. You can be no other.

It is the ego that creates division and restlessness in the mind.

“The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”.

Your higher self knows that the physical, outside world you experience as your reality “is an illusion. Always. Which mean that we have the possibility of so present, that we can tap into The rower of the present. And then when we don’t, just start by catching the mind, which is a creation of the Lower Self, and bring our attention back to the present.

Because the higher Self is no-mind. And in that place exists cosmic consciousness, also know as Buddha nature. It exists in all of us, every one of us. Jt has always existed and will always exist. The only thing that would have us not believe that it exists is the Lower Self, which is only a construct of mind.

Basically, if you have a mind, you are creating a world, a projection. So once you change from mind to no-mind state, you connect with the Cosmic Mind, the mind of God. In other words, you cancel your mortal mind and use God’s mind. Then nothing can be distorted. God’s mind gives you Oneness,” said the Higher Self.

Once all the dissonant programs from the subconscious mind are gone, you no longer have to deal with the mind, and you become one with your higher self. Then you start to experience the Divine Higher Self, the true self, who you truly are. You are in touch with spiritual energy, its pure energy that floats throughout everything around you.

The “eye” it self represent both the physical eye and the mind. For the fact what we see is the manifestation of mind, not what is actually outside the mind. We only perceive the illusion of perception, it is not what it seems beyond the mind. The truth lies at the core, and that truth is perception is nothing more than an illusion of our senses, the delusional of our ego perceiving mind. Beyond the ego perception, is the non-perceiving mind. That mind is the divine conscious mind where truth lies. Once one comes to this higher truth, perception can no inflect one’s mental and emotional well being, and life becomes more enjoyable and more easier to deal with many conflicts that is a part of our life struggle.

Perception is nothing more than holographic data of information made up of conscious lights and energy. Perception is how the ego conscious perceives it’s existence and senses the the existing world around it. The ego is the “I and me”, nor the higher self which has not ego. The ego is the dreamer of it’s existence and the world in which it is dreaming as a real entity. It can only perceive the holographic dream-like existence as it is, it may not perceive beyond the perception. The higher the ego, the higher the false perception. The lower the ego, the closer to the real perception one comes to know and experience. For the ego has seven levels like a rainbow, the red is the highest and most wicked, and the violet is the greater less ego and most holy. The greater the ego, the more the ego perceive the illusion as a real existence. While those with the most lesser egos do not perceive the world and self in the same way. Those who have the most less ego, can perceive beyond the illusion of the physical, and perceive themselves related to all that is and to every living beings they come into contact with. This is why many spiritual ones can sense spirits, foresee realities or events through their spiritual perception, and have a deep oneness sense with nature and all living beings.

The more a spiritual one meditates, the more closer one comes to thir true higher mind which will shine it’s light of wisdom and spiritual perception to a greater. Giving one the abilities to experience reality as it truly is, and dissolving the ego perception to the point perception no longer is inflicting. Once one comes to this level of perception, one no longer sees nothing as good nor bade, true nor false, for the truth is all just an illusion in which all believe is real.

The ego mind is the master of perception, therefore it is the ego mind that perceives.

Perception is nothing more than a conscious program, it is that computer programing images that project what the program is meant to do. The ego is the main perceiver, it projects bits and bites of conscious information that matrix our dream reality common people call life into being, and from there the perception program experience the world through it’s senses. The ego also has it’s own mental perception program, this is how it thinks, record learned knowledge and experience into the memory, it creates it’s own personalty and behaviors, and it matrix it’s life experience by it’s own metal perception that the ego dreams into being. Therefore life is nothing more than a dream, one’s ego dream that life experience into existence.

How does the idea of a higher self relate to densities?

In terms of an entity perceiving through as linear time structure, the higher self exists in sixth density and functions in the entites “future”. One interesting aspect of it is that the entity who is perceiving the higher self manifestation is actually a thoughtform materialized by the “higher self’ itself. Entities in these terms are actually a complex composed of what they perceive to be mind”, “body”, and “spirit”. These complexes can occur within single entities or groups, depending on the specific space/time conditions. The higher self is that self which exists with full understanding of the accumulation of experiences of that entity. At one point, the entity perceives a lower self and a higher self. They are not actually there “”simultaneously”; functions of the higher self interact from a position in development which equates to the linear “future” of the entity, as perceived by an entity in this state. Obviously, cultural conditioning encourages development of impotent states of mind where the “lower self’ is in control and the “higher self’ is reached very little or totally ignored. There is no synthesis that will permit the energy of the intelligent matrix to flow correctly.

We block our channel when we work from the small ‘e’ ego state, rather than from our Higher Self. It is not our logical, reasoning mind/self that catches the messages for clients, nor ourselves either. It is not our small ego that connects with Universal Intelligence. Rather it is when we get these parts of our psyche out of the way, unblock our channel, that our intuition can connect us with the Higher Levels from which we are then able to serve ourselves and others.

Fear is a feeling of disconnection and unknowingness. The higher sensor operates within us, pretty much the way a battery functions in an automobile. We are body, mind and spirit. The physical and spiritual selves are carbon copies of each other. They are “twin selves” talking to each other. Sometimes these selves are in disagreement with each other. When the spiritual body and physical body selves are not in agreement, the mind does not receive a clear signal from the battery or sensor of the higher self. This may be likened to, a cell phone user’s conversation, being unclear because he or she is out of range from a telephone satellite receiving station, or being totally disconnected, landing in a “dead zone” of silence.

Where does the fear come from? When the communication lines of connection are broken with the higher self, we are in an unknown zone (A place of unfamiliarity). We are in a place of discomfort. Our “spiritual higher self” has become disconnected and separated from God. “The physical body creates the fear:’ “The spiritual body or higher self knows no fear!”

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is.

Things are not the way they appear to be. Caught in a space/time continuum in which there seems to be no escape, humanity cries for help. Life is a paradox, with no apparent exit from a self-imposed hell. Deep within, a spark of the divine is a reminder that there must be a better way of looking at the world. Underneath all the difficult feelings resides a Higher Self that is magnificent beyond belief, where peace of mind is available at any given moment of time.

THE VEIL OF IGNORANCE

The mind’s ignorance of its true nature, that is, the simple fact that it does not recognize what it truly is, is called fundamental ignorance. It is the basic inability of the conditioned mind to perceive itself. We can compare the pure mind having the three previously discussed essential qualities to calm, transparent waters in which everything can be seen clearly. The veil of ignorance is a lack of intelligence, a kind of clouded state, as an opaque vase causes water to lose its transparent clarity. Such an obscured mind loses the experience of lucid openness and becomes ignorant of its essential nature. Fundamental ignorance is said to be innate, because it is inherent to our existence; we are born with it. It is, in fact, the point of departure of duality, the root of all delusions and the source of all suffering.

Mind controlled by ignorance engages in delusions, among which the most basic, the root of all others, is dualistic grasping in terms of subject and object. When the mind does not know the extent of its openness, instead of experiencing without center or periphery, we perceive everything through one central point of reference. This point, the center that appropriates all experiences, is the observer, the ego-subject. It is in this way that the mind, ignorant of its openness, engenders the delusional experience of a “me” or an “I.”

“Bliss is the essential nature of man. The central fact of man’s being is his inherent divinity. Man’s essential nature is divine, the awareness of which he has lost because of his animal propensities and the veil of ignorance. Man, in his ignorance, identifies himself with the body, mind, Prana and the senses.

There is no bliss in the finite. Bliss is only in the Infinite. Eternal bliss can be had only from the eternal Self. To know the Self is to enjoy eternal bliss and everlasting peace. Self-realisation bestows eternal existence, absolute knowledge, and perennial bliss. None can be saved without Self-realisation.

The ego prevents the manifestation of infinite knowledge already latent in the soul, and is the most formidable obstacle to the attainment of God. “The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. It is the veils of ignorance that cause pain are ignorance, ego, attachment.

The limited mind is the soil in which the ego is securely rooted, and this ego perpetuates ignorance through the many illusions in which it is caught. The ego prevents manifestation of infinite knowledge, which is already latent in the soul; it is the most formidable obstacle to the attainment of God. ‘It is extremely difficult to pierce through the veil of ignorance, for it is a rock on the fire.’ Just as a flame cannot rise very high i f a rock is placed upon it, a desire to know one’s own true nature cannot lead to the Truth as long as the burden of the ego is placed on consciousness.”

So a new centre of organisation must be found. Ignorant ego must be replaced by Truth and Reality. “Man is then driven by the logic of his own experience to find the true centre of experience and reorganise his lift in the Truth. This entails the wearing out of the ego and its replacement by Truth-consciousness. The disintegration of the ego culminates in realising the Truth. The false nucleus of consolidated sanskaras must disappear if there is to be a true integration and filfillment of life.””All the problems of the ego can be tackled only through intelligent and conscious action. Therefore, complete annihilation of the ego is possible only when all the constituents of the ego pass through the fire of intelligent consciousness.”

In some ways the world can be seen as an illusion, and in others not quite. A separately existing, dualistic world is an illusion. However, our experience is true.

Here we come to the concept of Maya. Through the mind and its concepts the world appears to us as a real, objective existence in which we are a subject. We mistake the world for something it is not. In ignorance we believe it to have a separate being and substance. Maya is that ignorance, that veil that does not let us see who we are, and that projection that makes us believe we are something we are not.

There is fear in duality. There are quarrels and wars in duality. Duality is ignorance.

The whole world is firmly established in the false idea of separateness, and being caught up in the illusion of duality. The root-cause of the illusion of manyness is that the soul, in its ignorance, identifies itself with its bodies or with the ego-mind. Those who have cast off the veil of duality experience the soul through itself independently of any mediums or vehicles.

The veil of conceptuality can be pierced but only by the enlightened consciousness.

Ontological idealism, which claims that the external world of objects is actually a creation of the mind. The alternative reading considers Yogacara to be a form of epistemological idealism which contends that unenlightened minds are unable to distinguish the world as it actually is from the conceptual constructions which we place upon it. The unenlightened mind is thus unable to gain knowledge of things as they really are because it is trapped within a web of conceptual fabrications. The world as we experience it is a projection of our own minds to the extent that it is always a product of our own interpretive categories. These impositions are fueled by ignorance and craving.

“Lifting of a veil” is a rising of consciousness that knows no fear of the unknown.

Artificial intelligence is potentially more dangerous than nuclear weapons because it can destroy humankind without any nucelar weapons is been used. The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment and fear is the bounding link of attachment and control, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. “And yet the mind seems to act independently of the brain in the same sense that the programmer acts independently of the computer. The more they can keep you coming from the left side of the brain, the more easily you can be controlled, manipulated and programmed like a robotic being, and the easier it is to distract you from finding out who you truly are and what you are truly doing here. The leaft brain is also the core that is using fear to stay in control and power, and fear is also the component that opens up the channels for mental nefative programming of the mind. The ego has become the god behind these actions.

James 4:1 reveals how the carnal mind is designed to protect the carnal desires of this world or the desire consciousness of this world, and Revelation 13:17 reveals how the RFID chip system will protect the carnal beast system of the mind; nobody will be able to buy or sell – or do much of anything, for that matter – without the RFID-chip. The RFID will captor the carnal mind into the lower matrix and prevent spiritual progress.

Over the last several years, information technology has managed to penetrate the human mind, attempting to study and influence it. Secret services, armed forces, business firms, advertisers and politicians have adopted the technology of “neuromarketing”—the reading of thoughts, which denies the basic human rights to self-determination of information and the protection of one’s private life. The so-called digital or electronic war has become the great fear of superpowers, but of banks as well, who see that their “security” is vulnerable. These realities of increased knowledge also automatically increase the fear of the authority doing the monitoring that will process all this information and the personal data of earth’s citizens, who are becoming more and more exposed to an electronic life.

Artificial intelligence is potentially more dangerous than nuclear weapons because it can destroy humankind without any nucelar weapons is been used.

This new era, has already started with the forced reengineering of our planet and us humans. ChemTrails are not only changing the environment we live in, but are changing us from the inside out. Planetary re-engineering goes beyond controlling the weather. The people behind geo-engineering are after the human race. Transhumanism

Transhumanist intend to replace all natural laws with their own set of rules which will make it easier to control it all. It is nothing more than an agenda to destroy humanity and human nature. It seeks to devolve and enslave humans in a way that will be irreversible.

How to control everyone in the easiest way? Through the collective Hive Mind, and because of its collective properties The Hive Mind as Sensorimotor Network It is possible for a neuroprosthesis to link the mind of its host with other intelligent agents to a Computer Brain, Mind Control Technology, or the Global world brain.

The Reptilian mind becomes the human mind and you can see this happening all the time as the Reptilian ‘hive’ mind becomes the human ‘hive’ mentality. The collective tyranny of the human mind. They have backsliding humankind into Darkness. They are the Masters of the Pandemoniun, Hive Mind.

The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment and fear is the bounding link of attachment and control, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell.

Skip Largent writes: “All movies and television are a projection of the reptilian brain. How so? … All communications transferred by reptiles are done so by visual symbolic representations, each having specific meaning.” This is … Another aspect of the reptilian mind is the ‘hive’ mentality and they have sought, very successfully so far, to transfer that hive or herd state to the human population.

They have been successful by employing the spiritual, psychological warfare strategy of compartmentalization and persecution, through the Victim-Victimizer software mind control to intimidate and threaten any humans tha advancing through the gates of ignorance, gates of fear, gates of mind terror, and this is this the process of organized gang stalking, collective gang stalking, or shadow predator stalking.

Control the bio-neurology of the human population through electromagnetic signals, prescription drugs, medical devices, GMO’s, and an assortment of toxins and poisons placed in the air, water and food supply, that generate many human diseases, while ensuring that the knowledge to cure these diseases is made unavailable to the masses.

If a technologically advanced extradimensional race has decided to implement a gradual takeover of a planet and its inhabitants, what kind of strategy would it use? First they would look to how they could maximize the efficiency of the invasion process and reduce the expenditure of resources that they have to generate themselves. To achieve this goal the secretive infiltration of the core societal organizational structures such as: religions, medical, financial and legal systems, would be ideal to shape the value systems that generate reality belief systems they want to control. Through the engineering of a labyrinth of self—enforced enslavement policies based on fear and intimidation among the earth inhabitants, they would achieve the use of minimal “off planet” resources by piggy backing on the earth-human resources. The people on earth would effectively enforce their own enslavement as well as enslave their own global human family by giving up their rights and their resources. This is very effective for takeover and invasion with minimal resistance or revolt by inhabitants who are unaware they are being invaded. This is called the Archontic Deception Strategy.

One genre of magic, ESP or telepathy, operates upon the same electromagnetic spectrum as radio waves. “Basically, every human body is a walking radio station, broadcasting and receiving on ultra-long wavelengths of the standard electro-magnetic energy spectrum…And 99 percent of all instructions for casting spells are ways of changing your neural system!’ These neural patterns link together creating something called a “switchboard:’ a “metapattern” or mass mind which is the common sea of consciousness shared by all individuals linked together like an invisible psychic internet. Jung called this the “collective unconscious” and it is in this realm that the sorcerer can do his best work.

Orwell portrayed television as a negative medium useful to dictators intent on mind control.

ruler’s ideas and surveillance to the outer regions of vast empires; through closed doors; and into the inner intellectual, emotional and phvsical regions of the person. … For Orwell mass communications,, especially television, was the invention which finally permitted total state control: By comparison with that … The inguiring and courageous mind can find alternative sources of ideas and information.

Orwell portrayed political oppression, Huxley portrayed a society in which people had come (in Postman’s words) to ‘adore the technologies that undo their capacities to think’. Orwell feared a captive culture, Huxley a trivial one. Orwell warned of people being controlled by inflicting pain, Huxley warned of people being controlled by inflicting pleasure.

Our ability to decode reality is linked to what we are able to perceive. Icke believes our reality has been hijacked by an invisible force the Gnostics used to call Archons.

These invisble forces;

The oft-quoted passage about spiritual warfare in the Book of Ephesians: “We are not contending against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world rulers of this present darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12). What, one might well ask, is the meaning of “the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places”? Isn’t the locus of evil spiritual forces in hell, which is traditionally conceptualized as being below rather than above the earth? In this passage and others that might be cited, “heavenly wickedness” refers to the archons. Even the word “rulers” here is a translation of the Greek archon, so that the original passage reads,”archons of this present darkness.

The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe actually works.

Artificial Intelligence and the Matrix have no other references to other worlds or other dimensions, so this becomes Reality. Enslavement is the the result of the False Matrix. Icke believes humanity is being controlled and enslaved in a false matrix. We are infinte beings, he believes, designed for harmony and peace, who are trapped in a war-like matrix of the lower mind. Aren’t we constantly fed false realities in order to keep us quiet and to prevent us being free?

Technocrack: Thanks to the advent of technology, the devil’s mind-control regimen is delivered via an addictive barrage that enters our minds through smartphones, MP3s, TV, Internet, video games, etc. Technology is the syringe through which the poisonous drugs of Masonic programming are administered. With each passing generation of electronic equipment, the human mind becomes increasingly more addicted, as we are rapidly disconnected from our friends, family, and nature via these novel gadgets. In the process of our technical addiction, our minds are overloaded with a plethora of both explicit and subliminal messages that are meant to enslave us to the materialistic and carnal programming of Hell, Inc.

The commercial possibilities biochip implanting is tremendous. In the coming years the biochip implants will become a billion dollar business. The biochip implants will be used for enhancing human capabilities. In the future the computers will be implanted inside human body. Then the communication and Control the computers will be aocomplished by connecting the signals and thoughts of the individuals nervous system to the computer. Then keyboards and mouse will become unnecessary. Gradually mankind may lose its dominion to machines.

“Machines cannot become like men, but men can become like machines”

Machines will begin to control man. Machines will make choices and man will have to obey them. Man will lose his capacity to make independent choices by the exercise of his freewill. On the other hand man will begin to choose by succumbing to the imperatives set by the technological circumstances. Man will begin to consider machines as more valuable than humans. Ultimately man will worship the machines. Biochip implants will be promoted on the justification that the domination of machines can be countered only by enhancing man’s capabilities by implanting computers inside human body.

In The Matrix, Neo is “saved” through gnosis, or secret knowledge about the unreality of sensory perception. The Matrix is described by Morpheus as “a prison for your mind.” It is a dependent “Construct” made up of the interlocking digital projections of billions of human beings who are unaware of the illusory nature of the reality in which they live and are completely dependent on the hardware attached to their real bodies and the elaborate software programs created by Al.

Humans are trapped in a cycle of illusion, and their ignorance of this cycle keeps them locked in it, fully dependent upon their own interactions with the programs, the illusions of sensory experience which these provide, and the sensory projections of others. These projections are strengthened by humans’ enormous desire to believe that what they perceive to be real is in fact real.

Salvation is viewed as a reuniting with this part of ones self.” However, while trapped, this spirit longs for freedom for it is understood to be slumbering in matter; to be asleep.” “‘Ignorance’ is:’ therefore, “the essence of mundane existence.”” It is an ignorance of one’s spirit about itself and about the transcendent God” because of this slumbering. This spirit is also considered to be battled for by the various forces of creation.” Hence, God’s true “Life” is seen as being trapped inside the body,” as well as within this cosmic prison, while the body is seen as being totally impure and not to be trusted along with the rest of the material and lower realms?

Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God within, it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you must master in order to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower Light). Ego is the reason for the tower of Babel which led to the separation of Humanity and led to Humanity losing the oneness and not understanding each other. Ego is the root to all this.

Let’s begin to understand the codes of trauma and awakening so we can integrate them into our lives and become whole. In doing so individually, we assist the collective whole to transform and the Earth to heal. You are far more powerful than you realize once you unlock the codes of your inner divinity. And that is precisely what they don’t want you to know.

The ego wants to be the governing force at all times. It will utilize sound scripts to reinforce its position on Earth, creating smoke screens and illusions to manipulate energy systems to follow the path of unconsciousness and fantasy.

Maintaining the collective unconsciousness of the mass of collective energy in a negative state of mind will only give more power to the ego making reconnection of the spiritual and God’s energy impossible. Living and dying filled with unconscious negativity only proves that the ego based energy system is a selfish, cynical, non-caring, fearful, and insignificant being.

To live life only in the confines of the ego blinds an energy system from the truth and limits their full capacity of experiencing the splendors of Earth as directed by the energy of Creation. Once the mistrust of God’s energy occurred the ego took control. Mistrust is an illusion that the ego has used as a defense against itself.

The Third Eye is the catalyst and channel for allowing this energy to revitalize us. Its purpose is to help us to develop wisdom, discernment, imagination, knowledge, and intuition. The psychological function of the Third Eye chakra is intuition. The third eye chakra opens your mind to information beyond the material world and the five senses, allowing you to experience extra sensory perception, intuition and higher self energy. The revolutionaries of the Spirit have discovered how to harness the fires of the heart. Through the white-hot heat of meditation and prayer, we too can release the imprisoned lightning of our heart. Our meditations in the secret chamber are very private experiences. They start with removing our attention from what’s happening around us and going within—”all the gates closed, the mind confined in the heart. Meditation has been compared to sending a missile into outer space. There is a metaphor that can be used to describe the journey from nonabiding to abiding awakening: that of a rocket ship.

CONSCIOUSNESS AS A CATALYST

In this work consciousness is the catalyst. Consciousness is the connection between the outer and inner, the individual and the whole, that is needed to spark life’s awakening. Without it nothing new can be born. But with the light of our consciousness, the patterns within life and within ourselves can begin to change and come alive in a new way. The archetypal shifts that happen gradually over centuries can be speeded up. These primal forces can help us resolve the global problems we have created, and together we can discover a new way to be with ourselves and with life. We can create a civilization based upon oneness and interrelatedness. Just because we have forgotten how to work with life’s energy does not mean that it is inaccessible, or that it is not waiting to be used. Once we step outside of the isolated image of our individual self, we will find that we are part of an organic restructuring of life in which our consciousness is being realigned with the energy within life. We will begin to awaken to the light that is waking up within the world, to the life that is waking up within and around us. We will have to be attentive: the signs of this shift—which are barely visible in any case as what is awakening is so new—may be all the more difficult to see through the dense clouds of materialism and forgetfulness

But it will take an influx of energy to enable these creative forces to break through the constrictive patterns of resistance that belong to the darkness of greed, fear, and self-interest that at present drives our collective. The energy needed for this breakthrough is already within the world, hidden within its energy centers. These energy centers are waiting to be unlocked so that their power can be used for this transition. The keys to unlock them are particular qualities or energies of consciousness. For example, the mystical consciousness that looks only towards God, that remembers Him in His world, is one such key. This is why individuals and groups of mystics have been positioned at certain places in the inner and outer worlds in order to facilitate this work of unlocking the centers of power.

The common catalyst that seems to dissolve the boundaries of alchemy, magic, and science is light.

A catalyst increases the speed of a reaction by lowering the activation energy One notices that in the presence of a catalyst far less energy is needed to push the system up the activation hump.

The Third Eye is the catalyst and channel for allowing this energy to revitalize us. Its purpose is to help us to develop wisdom, discernment, imagination, knowledge, and intuition. The psychological function of the Third Eye chakra is intuition.

The third eye chakra opens your mind to information beyond the material world and the five senses, allowing you to experience extra sensory perception, intuition and higher self energy.

A balanced third eye is a beautiful thing, and it’s really what you are trying to achieve when you start on a path to the higher self, feeling equally attuned to both the physical and the spirit world. You will receive psychic information as frequently as you receive information from your physical senses, but it will not overwhelm you. It is very unlikely your third eye chakra is overactive, as most of us are very in tune with our physical reality and find it difficult to receive information outside of it. However, those that do are likely to spend most of their time engrossed in psychic activities like tarot card readings, astrology and paranormal experiences, overwhelming and distracting them from living a human experience. We live in a world that often invalidates the development of our intuition, and therefore we close off our third eye chakras and ignore our own psychic experiences, causing us to feel disconnected from the higher self.

As energy sourced from the physical universe steps down in power to source the energy of the galaxy and then the sun and then the Earth it bathes our bodies with the perfect amount of sunlight needed to maintain physical existence. It is a perfect balance of physical sunlight and the elements of earth. fire, air, and water that create our physical existence.

Our physical organs have spiritual counterparts. Our heart has a spiritual heart known as the heart chakra. Our physical eyes have a counterpart known as the mind’s eye or third eye. Our physical ears have counterparts known as translation devices above each physical ear on the side of the head. Our translation devices can hear from the spiritual realms. Our mind’s eye opens with an influx of spiritual light (opened through meditation, prayer and other spiritual practice) and we can see into the etheric world. dimensions and densities beyond our own. We have physical nerves and a spinal cord and column. We also have meridians. axiatonal lines and a silver cord/antakrana. Each organ has a counterpart. The counterpart of the solar plexus chakra is the stomach, liver, kidney. The counterpart of the sacral chakra is the digestive system. The root chakra is found at the base of the spine.

It is from this point that they send and receive information in their oceanic homes. Is the proverbial Third Eye Centre in essence a magnetic sensor which passes invisible electromagnetic information to and from the individual life form?

Earth is a vibrational mind prison and humans is kept within a full-scale vibratory imprisonment or enslavement of this world

The creation of the first man had, therefore, a distinct and concrete end: to free the sparks of divine light from material creation, send them home, and thereby reverse the direction of creation.

Their goal was release from unconsciousness and ignorance, or incomprehension. Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm.

Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. This important theme of gnosis takes us back to the beginning of our search. Gnosis is the liberating knowledge that enables release from the material evil world.

The material world is prison to the sparks of the divine, and the goal of the Gnostic systems is to liberate them. It is, in fact, within human bodies that the sparks have become imprisoned and from which they must be released.

This release can only come when the divine sparks are awakened, brought back to life by acquiring the true knowledge (Greek: gnosis) of their origin and destiny. The Gnostic religion, therefore, entails the revelation of salvific knowledge, “knowledge of who we were and what we have become, of where we were and where we have been made to fall, of whither we are hastening and whence we are being redeemed, of what birth is and what rebirth.”

Salvation. The divine spark within humans can escape only by learning where it came from, how it got here, and how it can return. Deliverance from this evil material world, in other words, comes only by liberating knowledge (gnosis). So the ego working with opposite strategies to hide the real higher divine self, providing knowledge to make people forget who they are and where they come from.

The mystics have also revealed that blazing within the secret chamber of the heart is a “divine spark”—a sacred flame that God has endowed us with, a spark of fire from God’s own heart. In essence, the divine spark is a portion of God right inside of you. It is pure Spirit. It is your point of contact with your Source. We may believe we are walking the earth as human beings, but we are in fact divine beings with a divine connection.

The revolutionaries of the Spirit have discovered how to harness the fires of the heart. Through the white-hot heat of meditation and prayer, we too can release the imprisoned lightning of our heart. Our meditations in the secret chamber are very private experiences. They start with removing our attention from what’s happening around us and going within—”all the gates closed, the mind confined in the heart.

When we go within by devotion and love, we contact the inner flame and commune with the energy that is God. “The little spirit spark of our personal identity is the key that connects us with the Universal,” Mark Prophet once said. “[God’s’ Spirit is the fabric of our world. His energy, his pat-tern is the only saving grace. We ourselves have to reidentify, reintegrate, repolarize ourselves with that light—and it’s got to be done consciously.” Through prayer and meditation we turn our attention back to the Inner Light, which is the real source of our being.

The archons has pushed human race into a “an ever-depening spiritual sleep.” David Icke has written in The Veil of Tears that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information, and that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information.

Through technologies they can create a “vibratory prison.” He asserts that all we need to do is extend this concept to the planet as a whole to get an idea of how spiritual information is being perceptually blocked from the 4th dimension, creating a material prison. He writes:

The complete takeover of the Earth by extraterrestrial expressions of the Luciferic Consciousness was accomplished by creating a vibratory prison. We are multidimensional beings, naturally able to experience many frequencies and dimensions at the same time. However, when the imprisoning vibration an imposed blocking ‘frequency net’- was thrown around this planet long ago, it prevented us from accessing the higher levels of our consciousness and potenpotential – or, the higher dimensions. It caused us to cease to be ‘whole’ or tial we became disconnected from ‘the Father.’

According to Icke, the full-scale vibratory imprisonment of Earth humans may also have been effectuated by closing down crucial Earth vortexes linking the physical (3-D) world with other space/time dimensions. Some of these important windows, however, are still open, and, as well, certain rituals are said to be able to re-open them. Icke speculates that these interdimensional portals may have been closed to prevent negative entities from entering this space/time reality. Thus, this may have been a necessity to minimize chaos and disorder. However, it left Earth humans detached from higher levels of being and cut off our “eternal memory” of who we are. This is essentially the story of the “Fall of Man.”

He writes, “we forgot who we were and where we came from.” Icke explains:

The human race has for ages been living out its existence inside a kind of meta-physical box with the lid held down. We sit in the dark, believing that our potential, and Creation in general, is limited to what is within that box, within that vibratory prison. Over the ages since the vibratory net was cast around the Earth, we have been a people working at a fraction of our full and infinite potential. Life on Earth was changed dramatically by our extraterrestrial jailors, and this also affected the animal kingdom.

Luciferic consciousness works through human consciousness to manipulate human nature and our understanding of reality. It stimulates us to perform inhumane acts by awakening negative emotions. Icke believes, however, that there are positive 4th dimensional extraterrestrial groups working to help humanity rise up and reconnect with our lost identity.

The archons creates a enviroment that creates negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, panic, phobias, doubts, worries, and pain is another way the archons controls this world through. Pain is the duality state of mind, and the healing and bliss energies is represented by Oneness, and the archons separation of this world prevent the old evolutionary brain from be healed and access higher levels of consciousness. The archons triggering helpnessless. Through all archons methods humankind hasen´t been able to to activate more dna strands for thousends oof years. The archons jave hijacked reality and peprception and disconnected humankind from the divine god source.

In the universal order pain is not generally experienced by the creation. It is generally only experienced in reality systems that are controlled by the archons, in order to control, manipulate and render powerless those whose energies they feed off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange energy system.

Archons uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none is immune to it. The archons have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings here from Source, and wiping out their eternal divine memory of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Instead, they have connected us to cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in the brain, or central processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored in the cells of our physical bodies. Only short term memory (a few minutes) is stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is called the cellular memory. Pain comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies.

Because pain is located in our cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience it, because it is stored as memory in our cellular structure, that is why anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is experienced.

Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a process of avoiding pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-occurrence of previous pain. That is understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it doesn’t have to be that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion of pain we avoid pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred.

Pain resides in our cellular memory and we can feel it before it occurs or our bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can remember some pain or other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is stored in the cells of our bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it is there.

Fear here is largely the avoidance of previously stored pain and the memory of it. That is how the archons have captured, captivated and controlled us like sheep. We exist, mainly to avoid pain.

Understanding that all species here are similarly afflicted by pain, and that our pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other soul beings, as we do, may provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory that is carried in our cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory, even if we are not under any duress or affliction. We all remember some pain or other, and we spend most of our lives, and doings, avoiding that emotion and the memory of that pain.

Pain is the system of imprisonment here. The pain body and system here was specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated and imprisoned in a system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a memory base stored in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t conform to their system of control, and we feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform.

It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron barriers, and if we try to get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the archon system.

The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe actually works.

They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk through the prison bars and free ourselves from the ego-matrix or the mind prison.

The “Global Elite,” Icke wrote, operates the Brotherhood and through the Brotherhood the world, by controlling a “pyramid of manipulation.”

The topmost level of the conspiracy Icke calls “the Prison Warders.” He makes clear his view that the Prison Warders are extraterrestrials without being specific about where they came from: “A pyramidal structure of human beings has been created under the influence and design of the extraterrestrial Prison Warders and their overall master, the Luciferic Consciousness. They control the human clique at the top of the pyramid.

In his work, Icke began to speak in New Age terms of “negative energy” and “blocking vibration.” By utilizing these forces, the aliens have imprisoned us in “a frequency ‘net’ thrown around this planet.”

Earth as a frequency fence. The frequency fence is a high-tech, vibrational barrier, maintained by a central computer and a system of satellites, which surrounds the Earth, and which blocks vital energy from the universe from reaching us. The frequency fence, for all these hundreds of thousands of years, has turned the Earth into a vibrational prison.”

The spark of life is imprisoned and surrounded by a low vibrational prison of the mind. The mind prison on Earth is controlled by low vibrational frequencies. The mind prison is been controlled by a vibratory imprisonment on Earth and the three dimensional world or reality of the matrix.

To move from one to the other it is necessary only to change one’s rate of vibration or else to be able to shift one’s consciousness to focus in a different stratum of vibrations. It is like changing ones vibrations from those of the material of the electric wire to those of the electricity itself. It is this capacity to shift the consciousness from plane to plane which is the aim of yoga and most spiritual training. The hidden wonders of the spheres are discovered not by sailing off into the clouds, but by withdrawing ever inwards, within and within through the higher dimensions.

The ego keeps humankind trapped within this low vibrational mind prison, and when one raising the vibrational frequency of the consciousness one is able to reach the Higher Self.

This is the inner secret of all esoteric teaching. The new birth, or regeneration, means the awakening of the soul to conscious immortality. The old self, that was bound to the wheel of fate and the plane of cause and effect from which it could never free itself, owing to the fact that it was continually binding itself to the wheel afresh, through following selfish desires, dies, and a new self is born. In other words, the consciousness is raised from the plane of sin and death, of sensuality and desire, of restriction and captivity, to the higher plane of Spirit, where man realizes that he is a son of God. He discovers that the Divine Spark within is his true self. He realizes also that he has always lived—in his real Spiritual Self. Beginning and end, like change and decay, belong purely to the material plane and have no place in Reality. They form part of this present three dimensional existence but have no reality. Endless being is the reality. Anything short of this is mere illusion. It is not necessary, therefore, to believe in the theory of reincarnation or that all our experiences must of necessity take place on this plane. Sufficient to know that we can never die, that we cannot escape from ourselves, and that to neglect seeking with all our heart for union once again with our Divine Source, is merely to prolong our sufferings.

The errors of humankind is to believe that the powers is outside him and not within and the external outside powers is govern by the ego and the human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being.

Ego is one of the main programs that can stop you from reconnecting with the God within, but ego can be broken. It’s a distraction that produces emotions that must be mastered in order for you to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what the Archons want.

The human soul is imprisoned in this dungeon of the world, confined in the darkness of matter; but it originated in a very different place, in a timeless world, in the bright abode of another God of whom the earthly world and its rulers have no conception. The soul partakes of the very substance of this Unknown God, but in the material world it has lost consciousness of its identity. The world has confused it with its “clamour”, poisoned it with its “venom”, “benumbed” it and “put it to sleep”, until the soul has forgotten whence it came.

Only gnosis can awaken it, knowledge which comes from above and is really only the reviving memory of the soul’s origin. The Unknown God comes to earth in the person of the Saviour; he passes through the circles of the planets and brings the soul this knowledge – the soul is part of His substance, and thus He is liberating Himself. From the moment the soul has received this supernatural enlightenment it longs ceaselessly for its lost home.

The dark ruler of this world is ego , the self – centered egotism which sets itself up as controller. Ego, like a beast, produces fear, so the earth shakes under its feet. Our Ego, our mind, can sometimes believe it is the master of our being and try to take control, which is precisely what should not happen. The ego has become the God of this world. Fear, stress and negativity is its alchemical formula. In transcending negative ego in its fullest extent, one has learned to transcend the world of duality. The ego that was established to serve the dualist mind. When you begin to expand your consciousness beyond duality, your energy vibrations rise to a level where those who remain governed by duality beliefs are simply not a part of your world anymore. The ego using negative alchemy to create bondage to duality, and real alchemy unite opposite energies into Oneness. Expanded in consciousness to the point they leave the belief system of the Mass Consciousness behind. When you move beyond the belief in duality you literally break free from the polarized pull of the negative/positive energy of the mass that holds this belief intact.

Meditation has been compared to sending a missile into outer space. There is a metaphor that can be used to describe the journey from nonabiding to abiding awakening: that of a rocket ship. A rocket ship takes a tremendous amount of thrust and a tremendous amount of energy both to get off the ground and then to break the gravitational field as it travels through the sky and ultimately into space. If there is enough fuel in the rocket and it gets far enough away from the Earth, it can eventually get beyond the gravitational field of the planet. Once the rocket is beyond the gravitational field of the Earth, the Earth no longer has the power to pull it back down.

As a metaphor, we can think of the egoic structure, or the dream state, as the Earth. The dream state has a gravitational force; it has the tendency to pull consciousness into itself. This gravitational force is really what one is dealing with throughout the entirety of the spiritual journey. Awakening is breaking free of this gravitational force. Initially, it may simply be leaving the dream state, awakening from the dream state of “me” and separation and isolation. But because we’ve awakened does not mean that consciousness has gotten past the gravitational pull of the dream state. If we haven’t gone completely beyond this gravitational field, we’re going to be pulled back toward the experience of “me” and the perception of separateness.

Using the metaphor of the rocket ship is a way of thinking about the process of awakening. The dissolution of the ego takes time. While the moment of awakening is a process that unfolds thereafter – the process of getting beyond the gravitional force of the dream state. This process, this greater individualization can override and shed one´s ego, and become a kind of superself that has the ability extend the individual consciousness beyond the constraints, into a form of communication with the Divine Consciousness or Universal Consciousness.

Yoga is a science of the soul, a method through which one can liberate oneself from the cycle of birth and death

Yoga is actually science, a method to realise and unite with the divine. It teaches one how to be free from the cycle of birth and rebirth (or birth and death), and be liberated from the three dimensional plane of existence.

Yoga teaches us how the will to attain freedom can be strengthened.
Yoga teaching that true freedom is known only when one gives up all ego activity.
Yoga teaches The Science of Self-Realization

The practice of Yoga as Science enable one to merge with the Divine Universal Self. This merging of individual consciousness with universal consciousness creates a “divine union” called “yoga”. The practice that leads to this state of self-mastery is also called “yoga”. So the royal road and the destination have the same name, “yoga”. Those who practice yoga are called yogis and those who master yoga are also called yogis. Yoga teaches self-mastery and how to stilling of all “thought waves” (brain waves) or mental modifications, thereby making the mind fit for concentration and meditation. science of yoga teaches; self-control, religious observances, physical postures, control of breath, withdrawel of the five senses, concentration, meditation, and wisdom state.

The word “yoga” means “to join”. The science of “yoga” teaches of the individual consciousness can “join” with universal consciousness. Yoga teaches the methods of merging the individual will with the cosmic will by controlling the mind and its modifications, thereby attaining liberation. On the physical plane, yoga bestows good health and physical efficiency; on the mental plane concentration, balance of mind, and peace. On the spiritual plane, it guarantees liberation from the chain of birth and death, and offers eternal bliss, immortality, perfection, and everlasting peace. The ultimate objective of yoga is not only individual liberation, but the transformation of the entire human race. It aims to instill a divine nature and life into the physical, mental, and spiritual life of humanity.

Yoga provides a technology, a method by which anyone who practices it can experience that divine identity within. To fully appreciate the value of the great gift of “yoga” can provide, e need to understand why, for thousends of years, the Yogis kept in secret. Then “yoga” provides “spiritual technology” and with this follows power, because knowledge gives power, and power can be corrupt, so they kept this knowledge secret. The Matrix using science in a corrupt way that binds, captivates and imprison humankind into The matrix, and same “yoga technology” or ” quantum spiritual technology” can be used to free and liberate oneself from the Matrix. If the Matrix entangles (scientific materialism), the science of yoga disentangles (scientific yoga). When the ego becomes God, the scientist, at least some, consider themselves Gods as they manipulate nature applying technology.

Our intuition, after all, is that part of our mind connected to something bigger than just our brain! Beyond our logical minds is our rich, deep, intuitional nature, intimately connected to the mind of God, to the one substance. Our journey with is still in its early stages. Many are the obstacles that can pull us back from progressing on the path to a full experience of his highest form of knowledge.

In transcending negative ego in its fullest extent, one has learned to transcend the world of duality

The ego that was established to serve the dualist mind

When you begin to expand your consciousness beyond duality, your energy vibrations rise to a level where those who remain governed by duality beliefs are simply not a part of your world anymore.

The meaning of (Luke 17:36) simply means that one has expanded in consciousness to the point they leave the belief system of the Mass Consciousness behind. When you move beyond the belief in duality you literally break free from the polarized pull of the negative/positive energy of the mass that holds this belief intact.

Spiritual transformation, also known as self-realization, is a process of going within to uncover and explore who we really are as multidimensional spiritual beings

True power and ego cannot coexist. If you live from your ego, which is the opposite of true power, you will be forever limited.

They cannot coexist in your mind without splitting it. This splitting state is the state of duality, and when the split state is raised to a higher vibrational frequencies it unite in Oneness. In the state of Oneness, duality dissolves. Therefore the ego duality can´t exist in higher levels of consciousness without being dissolved, so the ego has no knowledge and can´t understand the Spiritual realm, reality, dimensions and Universe as a Wholeness.

The dark ruler of this world is ego , the self – centered egotism which sets itself up as controller. Ego, like a beast, produces fear, so the earth shakes under its feet.

The ego is fear based. So each time you live small, you are acting from ego. “Our deepest fear is not that we are inadequate. Our deepest fear is that we are powerful beyond measure. It is our light, not our darkness that most frightens us.” It is your fear that creates your inadequacies. It is your ego that creates your fear, because if you become powerful, you will no longer be in need of the ego. Its very own survival depends on your fear.

The ego is a facet of our physical entities that we need to learn to identify with and keep at bay. It undermines our intuition and heaven-sent guidance. The ego gives rise to negative and fear-based emotions and thoughts.

You must keep in mind the premise that the ego will always serve itself first. That is, as long as it is assisting you in an activity that serves its own growth and well-being, it will serve your course of action. If it senses that an activity is going to assist you in becoming more independent of it, it simply will not. Therefore the ego tricks life; The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that the ego has no life of its own. It is an illusion which keeps perpetuating itself through attachment to the individual and, by its various methods, tricking the individual into believing that he or she is the ego.

Therefore the ego need mass consciousness and need the mass consciousness energy grid matrix to be fed off to not be dissolved. When the ego feels threaten by any form of change, or if anyone begins to tuning into the powers within and real divine self and become more free and independent from the domination of the ego, then ego activates mass consciousness within people. This is organized gang stalking, organized bullying, organized gaslighting, organized noise harassment for mention some of all actions. Mass consciousness is not the divine higher collective consciousness, its a collective desire consciousness of the ego. The ego, mass consciousness is the matrix, the mind prison, the dreamstate of duality, or the past-future consciousnes. The past-future consciousness is not just the state of duality, its also the foundation for the dreamstate humankind is living in, or is trapped within.

The ego is always in service to itself. It is never in service to you. The ego is the voice of fear. It is born of the separation from God, and although it is sometimes helpful to you by enabling you to do and to complete activities which are difficult, it is more often undermining to your ability to maintain your direction toward your purpose or to continue on your path of purpose.

Then the ego is mass consciousness, the ego or mass consciousness will just serve information and knowledge to streghten the political beast system and prevents anyone from finding their inner divine self or its divine power. He who overcomes fear and negativity will recieve “the hidden stone”. When one has overcome the ego´s fear and negativity the ego is dissolved. It is our own compromising A.I. EGO preventing us from ever knowing our own FreeWill.

Dissolve the Ego with all its fears and negativity and start to live in the moment.

Our free will is fundamentally constrained. We are, of course, able to make choices, but the choices we make are limited by the framework of beliefs, rituals, dogma and taboos that we have assimilated as part of our personal and cultural programming. We are stuck inside a box of beliefs about how the world works. The box is the cultural framework of beliefs within which we were raised. We are unable to access our full potential—the best version of who we can become—until we can find out who we truly are, beyond all our personal and cultural programming.

The ego-mind is the aspect of our personality that has been conditioned to believe that it has a physical human body on which its life depends. It believes it lives in a physical world and has a limited amount of time and resources to achieve what it wants. It believes in scarcity and considers life to be a zero-sum game. It sees separation everywhere. The ego is wrapped up in the day-to-day physical experience and is totally focused on satisfying its survival, relationship, and self-esteem needs. Abraham Maslow called these deficiency needs. We

I – Transformation is simply the transformation of our frequencies of ego, and selfishness, into higher, less dense vibrations of selflessness and humility. This is the main event of the New Golden Age of Love. This transformational event will be experienced by a surge, not only in quantity, but in the quality of love that we convey to one another.

Those that make the choice to enter this land of golden love will have to do so with hard work The transformation of frequencies of ego and anger into less course frequencies of love is not an easy one. Those who choose this work will only help in speeding up the process of I – Transformation through a spiritual osmosis encouraging others to do likewise. This is the process of slowly bringing along the masses into our new era of golden consciousness.

In this dark age of the negative power we have forgotten who and what we are. We have forgotten our original home, the almighty force, the ocean of all consciousness, from whence we came. One of the key paradigms for this new era of quickening consciousness will be the mass realization that who and what we are are not the same. Every human being within, is com-plete, equal, and whole unto himself. In truth, this is the essence of unity and harmony. We realize we are not different, that spiritually we are all the same. We are all perfectly imperfect. Personal transformation helps us realize this truth. If it is practiced along with meditation, and implemented into our daily living processes, then we really accelerate our spiritual and emotional health process. It is a very powerful paradigm shift in our consciousness when we come to realize that an illusion of dualism and multi-fractured has been falsely mistaken and accepted for our reality.

This energy or power is all about itself, and is so full of self that all it sees and can see is itself. Because of this, it will forever do all that it can to keep us within its domain and within the energies of the mind (thought), emotions and of course, the five physical senses. The negative power does not want any soul to rise above physical, emotional (astral), or mental (causal) consciousness and realize itself, its true nature, as soul.

Our Ego, our mind, can sometimes believe it is the master of our being and try to take control, which is precisely what should not happen.

When the mind is aware of true reality (the Void), there is openness. The result is freedom from time, space, delusion and limitation. The dissolution of limitation means understanding all things. Freedom from the delusion of the Non-Void is freedom from karma, as karma is the action of the mind. All human limitation is mind-created. Because we perceive reality as in a mirror, this truth is obscured. When we know this truth, however, all the things that hold us back from Enlightenment and keep us tied to the delusion of the Earthplane are released. This realization is an understanding of how the world works.

A hypothesis about the ego is that “we” are the ego process in the brain. But without our ego process’s awareness, our main brain knows everything what we are thinking. In computer terms we are just a sub-program (ego) of a big comprehensive master program (brain). We have been programmed to assume we are the master program (hidden system + ego program). But we are not the master program. We don’t have any control over the master program or even have the slightest awareness of its existence. We are limited to the boundaries of the ego based sub program. We assume and feel that we run the master program. But we don’t. The big program runs us, controls us, and restricts our control only in the territory that it wants us to be in. The master program even makes our ego program to reject this type of ideas just like an antivirus program rejects the viruses. The master program and the ego programs that we understand as ourselves, is our entire brain that comprise of complex arrays of massive networks of living cells. We human beings are mere puny mortals who cannot ever hope to understand that this due to our limited perspective.

It is an interesting concept that we would be trapped in a computer program or enslaved by a self-aware machine that outwardly tells us that our godlike qualities are our weakness and undoing (Luciferian program, that was Agent Smith talking to the bound-up Morphius) but ultimately are shown to be a lie and, in the end, saves us after we reach a summit of SELF-recognition, where we are no longer blaspheming the Holy Spirit, and the machine itself is now no longer the colluding adversary but a willing and eager collaborator to propel its host to new heights of SELF-realization.

Let’s assume that the cortex, the seat of consciousness is a mil-lionfold network of neurons. A fantastic computing machine. Cultural learning has imposed a few pitifully small programs on the cortex. These programs may activate perhaps one-hundredth of the potential neural connections. All the learned games of life can be seen as programs which select, censor, alert and thus dras-tically limit the available cortical response. The consciousness-ex-panding drugs unplug these narrow programs. They unplug the ego, the game machinery, and the mind (that cluster of game con-cepts). And with the ego and mind unplugged, what is left? .. . What is left is something Western culture knows little about. The open brain. The uncensored cortex, alert and open to a broad sweep of internal and external stimuli hitherto screened out.

The mind is very good at keeping itself busy so that it appears there is no space left for anything else. But this is only an appearance; it’s what the ego (or self-made image of who you think are) uses to blind you to who you really are. Our minds go quiet many times a day, but we don’t notice. Why? Because our conscious awareness is experiencing what is happening without needing commentary from the mind. Thinking is not required; it is called living in the moment. The ego or mind-created entity we call me does not like the present moment because the ego cannot exist in it; it’s not required. To survive, the ego has to take you into the future or the past. When you go there mentally, you are no longer here, in this present moment. Even though your physical body is present, your mind if off somewhere else, which deprives you of living now. It is an ingenious game but a game played solely within ourselves.

In order to break the habit of depriving ourselves of living in the moment, we have to become conscious of what is really happening. Instead of being just aware of what we are experiencing, we must become consciously aware—aware of the mind game the ego is playing inside our heads.

Once the ego is seen for what it is, it cannot survive. The ego has kept us in the dark for most of our lives. It became who we believed ourselves to be. Once you become aware (although you are always aware; you just haven’t realized it yet)—rather, consciously aware—of what the ego is and what role it plays, the ego begins to fade away. It is like putting a small candle in a dark room; even though the light is small, the darkness loses its power over the room and shrinks. It is still there in the corners, as the small light cannot penetrate the entire space. So it is with you.

As you create this space inside yourself, you shine the light of conscious awareness onto the ego, or false self. You begin to realize that the ego is not you. You are not your story, or mental conception, of who you believe yourself to be. You start to realize that you are actually the conscious awareness itself, the real you. It is no longer a mental concept; it becomes a direct knowing. You become self-realized; another popular term is enlightened.

This is a wonderful discovery—to “realize” your true nature! You are not a bunch of stories, feelings, and emotions that, when added together, become a me and my story. You discover you are separate from that. You are something you cannot describe in words, but you feel it; you sense its presence.

Your true Self exists within you and observes both the inner and outer world. The ego on the other hand, lives in the outer world and is incapable of looking inward. The ego pursues the outer world and enjoys sending you on assignments to attain the things of this world with the promises that they will bring you joy.

The ego seeks that you should become caught up in one drama after another. Like a canoe immersed in a raging river, the ego lives for and enjoys turbulent emotions because it thrives on the drama and the energy of discord. Turbulence is what fuels its energy, its life force and keeps it alive. If the ego was not able to gain your attention, you would have no need for it.

This lower state of consciousness is destined to find friction and dissension because distress has a way of consuming much if not all of your attention. However, once you decide to stop giving it energy, the ego does not dissipate immediately, instead, in protestation the ego finds new ways to capture your attention. Many will fall for the games of ego, but this is part of your evolving spiritually; for the ego only teaches you to ignore it by causing you such discomfort and pain that you long for peace.

The technosphere is the mirror representation of the disconnected DNA patterns. Together the two forms create a virtual mirror net, where the internal manifests the external structures, which in turn keep the mass of humanity bound and hypnotized in the 3D world.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.

These structures feed and live off of negative emotions. These distorted structures farm energy from the DNA, on a collective consciousness level, guiding it into supporting the ever-expanding technospheric matrix, literally feeding it with human life force so it can grow.

The distortions then become even more entrenched in the collective consciousness, feeding back into the human DNA and creating a feedback loop or junk DNA pattern: a vicious cycle. Together, the junk DNA that contains the codes of self-limitation, and its mirror image in the technospheric matrix create one single entity—the ancient mind of humanity.

When we become aware of these distortions and transmute them, we can leave this ancient mind of the mass consciousness behind. In order for humanity to begin its next phase of evolution, a new species will have to be born on Earth, one that is biologically and genetically different from present-day humanity.

To realize your Christ consciousness, you have to get rid of your negative ego consciousness. When you achieve this state of thinking and perception of reality, you are loving, joyous, happy, even-minded, and peaceful all the time. Did not Buddha say, “All suffering comes from your attachments”? God does not suffer, so why should we?

We are here to become the light, to become the love, to realize God. You will not achieve God realization unless you die to your negative ego, which is fear, separation, materialism, and selfishness. If you die to this lower-self type of thinking, then you will be reborn to your higher-self way of thinking and you will realize Cod. This is the main curriculum of the spiritual path, regardless of which path or teacher you choose to follow. Contrary to what other people will tell you, you do not need negative emotions. They are created by your mind. They do not come from outside of yourself or from your instincts. They come from your interpretation, perception, and beliefs about reality.

When you are free, you experience joy when moment by moment you learn to connect to the Self within and remain above the drama going on around you. Each moment you choose to connect with the Higher Self, the pathways to the ego are weakened. If you train yourself to go within several times a day, the path to the ego becomes nearly nonexistent and you will find it difficult to enjoy the energy it offers. You may still experience your ego from time to time, but you no longer fall so easily for its reasoning or the illusory gifts that it offers. Going inside you and finding the Higher Self requires a level of centeredness.

The negative ego are still run by the emotional body, succumb to lower-self desire, and are filled with negative emotions. Worse, they are taught that they cannot transcend this state but must adjust to it. It is simply not true that you cannot transcend the negative ego.

As many of you know, the subconscious mind exerts control over much of our reality. One life purpose is to open our soul’s eyes so that we can see the unconscious aspects of self that lead to inappropriate actions and put us on the merry-go-round of unsatisfactorily patterned and programmed behavior.

To regain control over our nonreasoning subconscious, we must retain our personal power and resist using it in service of the negative ego. This is one of the most important processes to employ while on our spiritual path. We can never truly realize God until the conscious mind masters the subconscious mind.

The rulers, powers, authorities is subconscious negative programming this state of mind from not changning.

Where did the negative ego come from? In the beginning, prior to and just after creation, there was no negative ego mind. God didn’t create the negative ego; humanity did. When human started to overidentifying themselves with the physical body and not their divine higher self, the negative ego was developed.

The Bible relates this as the story of Adam and Eve. The pair ate the forbidden fruit, having been lured by the serpent, which symbolically represents the negative ego mind or lower self.

These two competing philosophies (listening to Cod or listening to the serpent/negative ego) could be called the philosophies of the lower self and the higher self. If you listen to the lower self, you live a “low life existence: meaning that you are primarily concerned with the life and material needs of the physical body. If you listen to the philosophy of the higher self, Holy Spirit, soul, monad, Mighty I Am Presence, or Christ mind. you live a `high life existence” because you are *Wing to integrate the three minds and the four subtle bodies. ‘lb realize God, you must re-move your attention from the lower-self interpretations and perceptions of life, and instead keep interpreting and perceiving life from the higher self.

Since our thoughts create our reality, which philosophy we choose will determine what we see. In truth, we see not with our eyes, but with our minds. ‘”Your mind creates bondage. or your mind creates liberation’ We will have negative emotions if we think with our negative ego mind. We will have positive emotions if we think with our spiritual mind. Our thoughts create our feelings, emotions. behmior, and physical health or lack of health.

Psychological health is nothing more than maintaining a good mental diet. The key is not to allow any thought that is not of Cod to enter our minds. We must be vigilant for Cod and His Kingdom at all times and never go on automatic pilot.

Whenever a negative ego thought tries to enter your mind. just deny it entrance and push it out. Switch your mind like a channel changer to a positive and/or more spiritual thought. This is the concept of denial and affirmation. You use this tactic literally hundreds of times a day. You are the executive director of your personality and thus you choose what to think. Cod and the Ascended Masters will not do this for you no miner how often you ask. This is your job. By denying the negative thoughts and keeping vour mind steadilv in the light at all times, the negative thoughts will die from lack of energy, and a new positive habit will be formed in vour subconscious mind, making it easier to be positive.

Developing this positive habit is difficult only in the beginning, although we must remain vigilant regardless of our level of development. “Ihe essence of negative ego is fear, separation, and self-centeredness. As strange as it may seem, the truth is that the negative ego doesn’t really exist. As Jesus revealed in A Course in Miracles,

“The Fall never reallv happened, we just think it did.” In other words, we have all always been one with God and have ahwvavs been the Christ, or sons and daughters of God. But if we give in to negative ego thinking in our own minds, we will believe in the fall from grace, and live in that negative state of consciousness even though it is not true that we have fallen. This is much like living in a negative hypnosis, or like dreaming.

Masss consciousness is been controlled by the forces of maya, and the powers of maya is illusions and ignorance. When reality is affected by these powers and when the humans mind is held in the past-future reality they are kept in the dreaming state of the mind.

Personal power is nothing more than channeling the energy in your physical body and subconscious mind to control your life. Part of own-ing your power is being a spiritual warrior in your life. Never giving up and having the will to live is really possessing the will to fight. Yoga teaches that life is not only a school but also a battlefield. You are trying to get to the top of a mountain. Progress many times entails taking three steps forward and slipping back two, again and again, until you reach the top. This is the nature of life for everyone on the spiritual path. The most important thing is not to quit.

Your power fuels your risk taking. If you don’t own your power, you are going to have a hard time keeping your bubble of protection in-flated. Your power is what allows you to “fake it until you make it.” When you own your personal power, you feel more centered. When you use your power over a long period of time, you develop what is called discipline. Owning your power allows the conscious reasoning mind to stay in control and not to be overwhelmed by subconscious or environmental outer or exernal forces.

Each microcosmic world is a cell in the Macrocosm, a crystal fragment of the Greater Crystal, reflecting a portion of his glory. Each man is a manifestation of God (a manifest action of God), the image of the higher Cosm reflected in the lower cosm. The key to infinity is won through the mastery of the lesser self (the microcosm) by the power of the Greater Self (the Macrocosm). This is the power of the Superconscious Ego over the ego, of God the Macrocosm over man the microcosm. Through man’s correct use of the sacred gifts of life, including free will, his consciousness in the microcosm can identify with the fullness of God’s consciousness in the Macrocosm. But first it is essential that he learn how to make the contact, how to establish and maintain his relationship with the Superconscious Ego.

This exchange is accomplished through the consciousness of the Christ, the Super Ego, who, positioned in the center of the cross, is the agent of the alchemical transformation that takes place between the energies of God and man.

Freedom from the ego requires becoming aware, as awareness is our basic nature. There are a great many techniques for increasing awareness: some are specialized meditation practices, which require a one-pointed focus, whereas other techniques can be incorporated into everyday activities.

The problem of unhappiness arises as soon as the ego identifies, and thereby creates the boundaries of the self, setting not-self apart from self. For as soon as you identify a “self,” you must defend its boundaries. The ego has an agenda: it wants both to define its self-identity and to preserve it, and thus it must distinguish what is the self from what isn’t.

Its goal is to control its environment in order to clarify and preserve the boundaries of that self, a goal which necessitates desire-satisfaction, or seeking pleasure (desire fulfillment) and avoiding pain (thwarted desire). At a fundamental level of the ego, it’s a simple equation: pleasure affirms the self, while pain threatens it. The greatest fear of the ego is self-dissolution—which is death, or non-existence.

The ego is often referred to in spiritual writings as ‘the lower self or ‘the false self’ because it isn’t who you truly are, despite your identification with the thoughts, desires, and beliefs that constitute it. Ego is a constructed self, while the spiritual (or “higher”) self is your true nature. It is that part of yourself united with Spirit, and it is peaceful, blissful, timeless (or eternal), and unconditionally loving. Your spiritual self has no desires. It is happy as it is, because there is nothing that it isn’t: in being united with Spirit, it is united with all things. It is one with All, so there is nothing outside of itself to desire or resist. It is the clarity of pure seeing: an awareness that knows itself in all things as the eternal self: joy, truth, beauty, and love.

In stark contrast to your deeper spiritual self, which is this infinite and boundless awareness—there is the ego, which by its very nature knows itself as separate from what it is conscious of. It is always aware of being a subject apart from the object of awareness. This subject-object duality is inherent to the ego, so your ego can only know about something: it must always stand apart from what it knows. It is unlike your spiritual self, which knows directly by being what it knows, by self-identity; it is not an isolate subject separate from the object known.

The spiritual self, in its union with Spirit, is united with all things; thus it knows all things directly by being them. Knowledge acquired through awareness is not knowledge about, because that type of knowledge posits a division between the knower (you) and the object known. Rather, knowledge by awareness is knowledge by identity: awareness knows directly by being the object known. And awareness is the real self: it is your eternal nature.

The Circle of Awareness

Our deepest self is not an isolate entity, but an awareness in unity with all things, and our movement out of the mind and into awareness reveals this to be true in experience. As you leave behind the ego, or lower self, you lose the familiar sense of acting as an individual against the world, and the world instead becomes part of your actions. This change in seeing occurs because your awareness enables you to live in a holistic or nondual perspective.

As you develop your awareness, you find yourself becoming aware of what is presently unconscious. While your true spiritual self is always at One with Spirit, abiding there eternally, you are not aware of it because your awareness is centered in the ego, at a much shallower level of consciousness.

When you detach from your mind-based ego, you simultaneously move away from thinking and into an awareness-based mode of living. Picture awareness as a circle. It begins as a very small circle. The light of awareness is the area inside, and as the circle’s circumference expands, the formerly unconscious material outside the circle enters the field of awareness.

The unknown, or what was formerly dark, gets illuminated as soon as it falls inside that circumference, and you recognize it, in the light of awareness, as part of yourself. Those formerly unconscious parts of your mind can then be integrated into the psyche, rather than resisted. As your circle of awareness expands, you step out of your mind and thereby acquire a clearer and broader view of your thinking processes.

As hidden material comes to light, you start to notice connections between different aspects of your mind (desires, beliefs, emotions) that previously were obscure.

Heaven is Living as Your Real Self

The Christian term “heaven” has varied senses, but one sense refers to living an awakened life—it is a term that describes living from your spiritual self. So understood, heaven isn’t an otherworldly paradise that resembles an earthly existence without the sin and suffering. Rather, it’s a transcendent awareness; the pure seeing and deep abiding peace of the spiritual self, which sees things as they truly are. Just as heaven is a state of mind, so is hell.

The fiery caverns below earth are simply metaphors for how it feels to be divorced from the spiritual self, to be so mired in the ego’s fears and identifications that you see no way out. To know your spiritual self you must be able to disidentify from your ego. Most of us can’t succeed in this completely, but only to greater or lesser degrees. The history of sacred writings indicates that only a few prophets, such as the Buddha, or Christ, fully transcended the ego, and their wisdom and conduct are testament to the joy and wonders possible when ego is left behind. Their promise of happiness has been an inspiration for others to discover their spiritual selves.

Only Spirit is Real

Your spiritual self is the light of “knowingness” or awareness. The opposite of light, of course, is darkness, which corresponds to ignorance, or unawareness. It is natural to think that dark and light, as conceptual opposites, have equal reality, and so it may surprise you to know that this isn’t so from the perspective of higher awareness. Only light, or Spirit, has inherent reality. Darkness, the absence of light, does not. Consider your experience of light and dark: dark does not flood or overtake light; rather, it dissolves or disappears when light emerges. Light is a positive, substantive presence; its absence has no intrinsic reality. Spirit—as light, as presence—is the reality, and its absence—the dark of ignorance or evil—has no inherent existence.

Spirit cannot be Known by Mind

Our minds, the locus of ego, can only know about things. Mind posits a division between the subject who knows and the object known, but our deepest nature knows by being what it knows. The spiritual self is already at one with all things, so the intuitive knowledge it offers arises from its contact, or identity, with the known.

Spirit (the One) is beyond the mind’s comprehension in two respects.

First, mind cannot experience the One directly because awareness transcends the mind.

Second, mind cannot make any absolutely true statements about the One. Trying to define Spirit leads us into paradox. An ostensibly unproblematic claim—that Spirit is infinite—in fact cannot be truly asserted, because any interpretation marks off what a thing is not.

In saying what a thing is, you imply what it isn’t, so whenever we name, label or describe, something is always left out. In asserting that Spirit is infinite, we thereby deny its finitude, and the limiting condition of that denial creates the contradiction. Only our deepest nature, awareness itself, can directly experience its union with the One. For the mind, the One remains unknowable.

Time as a Circle

Our ordinary mind-based view of time takes it to be linear: a straight line. A human life is a line segment: the point of birth extends forward to the point of death. Time is an arrow, moving in one direction only: from past to future. But from outside time, in awareness, time is a circle. Linear time is an illusion generated by the thinking mind, or ego.

The deeper spiritual truth is that everything always is in eternity: nothing vanishes and nothing has yet to appear; all is eternally present. To see your life as a circle, not as a line segment, is to understand that past, present and future are illusions. You can begin and end at any point on the circle, so no point on that circle has exclusive status as past, present, or future. From this perspective, what is essential about time is not its passage, nor the amount of time that you live, but your seeing the events of your life as interconnected in a whole.

The circle embodies wholeness and perfection, so it is an apt metaphor for a human life. And the meaning of that life lies not in its length, but in its wholeness, in the rich interconnections between its experiences.

Awareness can Exist without Thought

Thoughts, or cognitions, constitute the mind; they represent content. But awareness exists beyond thought, and is aware of it. You can be aware of your thoughts, but the purest form of awareness has no object of thought at all. Awareness can exist without thought, but thought cannot exist without awareness.

Our awareness is commonly of thoughts, but it need not be. Awareness in its purest form has no object: it is simply awareness, empty of thought and therefore beyond time, for the mind and its thoughts create our experience of past and future. When thought ceases, you enter a timeless realm in which you are not aware of time passing in the usual sense. Pure awareness exists in the spaces between thoughts, in that brief moment between the passing of one thought and the arising of another.

During this time, awareness is present, but we are not intuitively and directly aware of it. We are that awareness but we aren’t yet aware of being it, or awake to it. To be totally conscious of being our awareness—to be fully awake at all moments—is enlightenment. It is knowing a timeless present beyond the mind.

The Mind: The Psychology of Stress, The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, The divine spark, our core self, is a direct extension of the Source and is our unique spark of life. It is the highest vibrational energy spectrum of humankind. At this level we experience oneness with all-that-is. The work of the ego; The illusion of separation uses the trick of time to divide the one eternal now moment into past, present, and future. Eternity doesn’t divide the moment of now or the flow of energy into past, present and future.

“And yet the mind seems to act independently of the brain in the same sense that the programmer acts independently of the computer.

For eons, philosophers, scientists, theologians, psychologists, as well as countless planetary citizens have all wondered, hypothesized, and speculated on the topic of the human mind. What is it? Where is it? Flow does it work? Why do identical twins have different minds? Whcrc does the mind go when we die? What is a premonition? Can the mind be trained? What is intelligence? What is conscience? How fast can the mind travel? What is a thought?

As we begin the dawn of the 2Ist century, scientists are now beginning to confirm what the mystics stated long ago: The mind is a reservoir of conscious energy that surrounds and permeates the human body. From a holistic perspective, the mind and the brain are not the same thing.

If the brain and consciousness are not same thing, from which of them does the ego-body-perceptions that forms reality come from? Some authors then say that mind and consciousness is not same thing either. So which part forms reality and what part then forms intuition?

The mind, the quintessential seat of consciousness, merely uses the brain as its primary organ of choice. With new revelations from organ transplant recipients, apparently the mind uses other organs as well. In fact, new research suggests that every cell has consciousness, giving rise to a new term, cell memory.

The study of the mind (and the brain) has led to a deeper understanding of human consciousness, yet ifs fair to say that through this vast exploration of dreams, cognitive inventories, hypnosis, meditation, DNA, EEGs, and M RI s, our knowledge, at best, is still embryonic. Current research in the field of consciousness reveals interesting insights about a phenomenon that only grows more fascinating with further study. For example, distant healing, remote viewing, premonitions, synchronicities, near-death experiences, out-of-body experiences, spontaneous healings, and much more only begin to substantiate that mind, as consciousness, is certainly not a simple consequence of brain chemistry, though there are many who still believe this.

This much we do know: Much like a laptop computer, mental well-being is the ability to gather, process, re-call, and communicate information. We also know that stress compromises the mind’s ability to do all of these functions. Information is constantly gathered and processed through the portals of the five senses for a variety of reasons (from threats to simple curiosity). Yet it’s no secret that information comes into the conscious mind in other ways, including intuition, meditation, and what can only be explained as extrasensory perception. Just as we know that the mind can generate stress without any outside stimulus, the power of the mind to heal the body is also well documented.

The Sense of Imagination—sometimes called the sixth sense, it links the physical and the non-physical senses.

The Sense of Balance—calibrates our inner and outer worlds. It works together with the sense of imagination to create a bridge between the first and last five senses.

The Sense of Life—also called the sense of light and darkness, calibrates and observes the life force. It is linked to and connected to but does not involve sight. Its symbolic attribute is the solar plexus, the 3rd chakra.

We use these last seven senses to access information beyond space and time. Psychics and mediums are simply people who have learned how to use these senses in a more conscious manner. It isn’t magic, any more than electricity is magic. With practice and time, you can acquire the skills that will allow you to see the future.

WHAT’S THE PURPOSE OF THESE NEW INSTRUMENTS?

These new instruments allow you to be free. You use them to calibrate, measure and observe a reality that is beyond the five senses limiting you to the physical world. For centuries certain people were able to access information beyond their five senses.

‘When you are inspired by some great purpose, some extraordinary project, and all your thoughts break their bonds, your mind transcends limitations, your consciousness expands in every direction, and you find yourself in a new, great, and wonderful world. Dormant forces, faculties, and talents become alive, and you discover yourself to be a greater person by far than you ever dreamed yourself to be.’ It is through the mind that your soul develops. The numerous accounts of near-death experiences and cases where people have somehow seen or ‘known’ of a future event lends itself to the clear argument that there is some consciousness beyond just the brain. Where does intuition come from if not through an interaction with some unseen external consciousness?

Some people are more intuitive than others, because they already have it within them to be more ‘tuned in. This is something one has acquired somewhere along the way, from the journey that your soul has made in the past and passed on into your consciousness with the present incarnation. It is ixtrt of your spiritual DNA.

This is different from intelligence, which is very much related to the use of one’s brain; it is rather a connection with spiritual energy, and the source of that spirit energy is the primal source. This is also why wisdom is greater titan intelligence.

Wisdom is related to spiritual knowledge and not just human intelligence. You may be a very intelligent person with a high IQ, but you may not have the wisdom to use it properly.

Wisdom is not a gift; it is acquired through the interaction of intelligence and experience within consciousness, which includes the spiritual.

The way to see it is that the brain is the hardware, albeit extremely sophisticated and probably the most powerful singularly created thing on this planet. The mind is the software that we create and use through interaction with consciousness. The brain is a fixed physical object like any other object that has a physical shape and form, but your mind is like the air, without physical shape and boundaries, which can move and visit these physical objects and places.

Mind is part of consciousness and consciousness is both internal and external; it is, in a sense, universal as part of the source of all existence. So our brain which interacts with mind software is consciously also in contact on some level with what one can call universal consciousness, super-consciousness, or divine spiritual consciousness. It is through the mind that the physical part of us communicates with the external spiritual realm of which we are also part. That external spiritual source is consciousness to which all life is connected. You reach the Creator through your mind.

Mankind, which is influenced by both ‘Light’ and ‘Darkness’, has within him the potential to do great things. ‘Light’ and ‘Darkness’ filter through the mind. Are we just beings prone to be trapped and lost by our own weaknesses, having as our only salvation the possibility of being freed by a higher external force? No, we have the nature of the divine spark and source within us to assist us in finding answers and, in so doing, enabling what may even seem like miracles. But we need to reach in and develop this divine spark, as it brings about knowledge that transcends ego and is part of wisdom. We can empower ourselves through knowledge, including spiritual knowledge.

Physical energy is created out of spiritual energy, just as action is brought about initially by a thought, but as pointed out, a thought is not some physical tangible thing, as it is part of a spiritual force. The fact that we have been created with the spark of the divine source within us does in no way diminish the importance of the origin of the divine source as external. The Creator exists, but we are part of him and so have him within us.

The worst thing about ‘Darkness’ is fear, and the worst thing about fear is fear itself. It constrains and limits you. What our minds do not fully understand can lead to the emotion of fear, which is why mankind has resorted to everything from magic to superstition to divine external help.

The concrete world is still available, but the initiating thoughts begin at a higher, more abstract level of consciousness. From this perspective, an active, versus. prescriptive, intelligence navigates multiple dimensions and opens-limitless possibilities. In this world we cocreate reality rather than conform to it. Just as water can appear as solid, liquid, or gas, consciousness also changes form. It can be seen as frozen (essence of body) in physical matter, the out-come of concrete thought. Consciousness can also be viewed as liquid (essence of being) when force-matter is forming in the thought world, guided by either the direction of our declared intent (will-power) or the desires of the person-ality (emotions). Then there is a formless source of consciousness (essence of divine) in the abstract world of the spiritual ego. Pure consciousness emanates from the universal field, the Source as pure energy, pure consciousness, pure love, before it comes into manifestation. The world we create is a reflection of our level of consciousness.

The field of intent is guided energy from the universe. Nonlocal and ubiquitous, it is everywhere. This invisible and formless field is manifest in every part of our body, our soul, and the reality we create. It is the subtle pull towards the potential for the purpose of our life prompted by our spiritual ego.

When personality ego dominates, however, the power of intent is disconnected, and we become passive, living in reactive fashion in the world of our persona. Conversely, when intent is resolute, a sincere act of will emanating from the highest aspect of our spiritual ego, it calls forth a concept or germinal idea that moves into the region of our thought world. Here the thought-form attracts force matter to create a “desire element,” which will impel action in the physical world.

Shifting the focal point requires raising the vibrations of the mental body, making it more luminous, organizing it into a more definitive structure, and freeing it from the influences of desire and emotions. This will make it invulnerable to the negative and destructive thought-forms and desires created by others. They abound in the environment, and are often assimilated by us, manifesting similar destructive tendencies in ourselves.

As we move the focus of our mental body towards our higher intelligence, increasing amounts of force-matter will shift from the brain in the lower body into the abstract realm. Our thought patterns will move to a higher dimension, opening us up to a new knowledge that transcends thought and understanding. Our personality traits and patterns are the external manifestation of our inner world; consciousness is who we are .

As our understanding of that grows, we begin to see ourselves in everything. The heavy screen of past, concepts, and attitudes through which all things are filtered drops away. We begin to perceive without interpreting. From the realm of higher consciousness we can perceive the essence of what we observe.

The essence of being is the energy body of the soul, which, although it cannot be observed, can be felt as an atmosphere much as the climactic conditions of the earth.

The physical aura is a vibration of body cells that creates an electrical-chemical movement that forms a light aura around the body, radiating the essence of the body.

The movement of brain cells create brain waves and the mental aura, radiating the essence of thought.

And, finally, we emit a quality aura through out-of-body consciousness, which is anchored in the invisible heart chakra over its physical center. It emanates from our soul, radiating as the essence of being.

This magnetic field environment radiating from our outer heart chakra reflects our spiritual ego just as the personality is a reflection of our mind ego. The centers for the essence of the divine, our spiritual ego, are located in the abstract world, the home of the soul.

• The divine spark, our core self, is a direct extension of the Source and is our unique spark of life. It is the highest vibrational energy spectrum of humankind. At this level we experience oneness with all-that-is.

• The spiritual ego creates the region of the abstract world comprised of three levels:

• Will—the intent behind the creative impulse. When put forward with resolve—will power—it calls forth a germinal idea and begins the process of movement towards form.

⦁ Wisdom—pure focused attention that links our intuition or inner wisdom to primordial intelligence; the quintessence of all our previous life experiences housed in the spiritual ego. People with adequately developed mental clairvoyance can read the Akasic Records, the universal record of all events across time housed in the etheric field.

⦁ Active intelligence—the upper sphere of the thought world, which serves as the gateway into the abstract world. When con-tacted through simple awareness, an intuitive shift in the focal point from the concrete to our abstract world occurs. An opening and outpouring of the soul also occurs simultaneously.

⦁ The soul holds the seed crystal of our destiny and life purpose, along with the unique potential that is available to us throughout our life. It is also home of the universal spiritual qualities such as love and com-passion, joy and peace, which reside in the soul of all human beings. It is located in the energ vortex, situated in the sixth dimension over our heart chakra. Intuition, housed in the soul, is often referred to as our inner wisdom, because at this level we experience our true intel-ligence and our conscience. N.,* access a knowing that transcends our own, and integrate it with the wisdom of our body-mind to create a holistic perspective.

⦁ Our spiritual ego facilitates a sense of balance and harmony. enhanc-ing our energy as we naturally synchronize the frequencies of our core self with the rhythms of the universe. From a centered position we see clearly the reality in front of us. We can sense into ourselves and into others, identifying common themes and areas of misalignment.

When we approach life from the perspective of the abstract world. our vibrational energy rises to a threshold that activates our universal spiritual qualities. creating an environment of harmlessness. This generates a sense of trustworthiness and unconditional regard, which enhances the energy field of those around us.

The neocortex and newly forming forebrain are home to higher mental functions; abstract thought, planning, complex memories, language, executive reasoning, logic, and the autobiographical sense of self. Slow feelings, such as inner peace, stillness, compassion, love, and joy, are not necessary for survival, but are essential to foster the continued unfolding of human potential. Entirely structured in the neocortex, forebrain, and heart energy vortex, they create out-of-body consciousness.

Awareness coming from this place creates an atmosphere of nonaction, an environment of stillness. Real power is simply the ability to create our own reality, to live our own life and fulfill our destiny. This occurs when we effectively manage both fast and slow feelings. Balance occurs when we can catch our fast feelings and shift the energy to our higher abstract world guided by slow feelings. Catching a thought creates a huge shift in perception as we experience a break with programmed response, a tiny moment of silence. Stillness is the underlying consciousness out of which every thought-form is born. Wisdom comes with the ability to be still. Being still, looking, and listening activate the noncon-ceptual intelligence within us, which then directs our words and actions. It fosters self-healing.

When the mind experiences the presence of total acceptance, it encounters real respite, often for the first time. Suddenly we see the truth that weaknesses are not so much the product of ourselves as they are part of being human. It is the dawning of a deep understanding that these same fears and phenom-ena are present in every human being in differing situations and conditions. The structure of the problem comes out of the nature of fear and the emotions it creates, a natural phenomenon, rather than a fatal personal flaw. This realization moves us closer, creating a relationship with ourselves, often for the first time. Things begin to fall into place; the journey towards wholeness has begun.

Each soul has its pattern of energy, its fundamental evolutionary move-ment, which means it has a clear purpose—a reason for being—which is to become what it holds within itself. Soul growth is the movement of becoming, not in the sense of knowledge or achievement, but as a blossom-ing into that which is dormant within us, similar to the unfolding of a flower.

Each unique soul has a blend of characteristics that can be sensed as they are manifest in the actions and attitudes of the individual.

If we live in balance between the concrete and abstract world, we walk in balance within an atmosphere of harmlessness. We are not going anywhere—not into the past or the future; there is only the moment (in presence time – here and now). The secret key of understanding is when one is able to connect to the present state of mind/consciousness one have unlimited acccess to all levels and dimensions instantly, and this is the power of intuition. Duality is a concepts that keeping humankind trapped within a past-future duality, and disconnected from the true essence, the real higher self, and disconnect to their higher wisdoms, and therefore disconnected to other dimensions and vibrations. The ego is controlling the past-future perceptions, but it does´nt control the true essence of life and it doesn´t control intuition, and in present time there is no time in present reality, and duality keeping humankind trapped in the time of past and future. Same work is done by the mass consciousness programming of the masses. If one is able to dissolve opposite energies, which is the real purpose with alchemy, then past and future is neutralized, and one get access to the state of present time. When body, soul and spirit, or when subconsciousness, consciouness and super consciousness is merged into one higher heart vibrations, then one have access to all one will need.

The goal with alchemy is to transform the leaden consciousneess (lead) and transform it to golden consciousness. This is the process of alchemy and transform lead into gold, but the problem is the ego that prevent this transformation from taking place. The ego is powering and fueling the leaden consciousness and disfueling/or disconnecting the golden consciousness, and mass consciousness is not the divine consciousness, it is the desire consciousness, and the ego purpose is to keep humankind tuned into materialism and the desire consciousness (leaden consciousness).

There is no stability either in past or future because there is only change.

It is in this atmosphere that one becomes free so the soul can fly. From this stance we learn to trust our observations without making a single compromise because of what other people say.

It is our own observations, made from a heightened state of awareness, that can transform us. True presence takes courage and authenticity, which means we must stay with our observations even if they look totally wrong. Our own observations are better and closer to the/our truth. Resulting decisions and actions are in keeping with the natural flow of the situation before us.

The work of the ego; The illusion of separation uses the trick of time to divide the one eternal now moment into past, present, and future. Eternity doesn’t divide the moment of now or the flow of energy into past, present and future.

Within that past, present, and future self, there are many false assump-tions. First of all, we are making boundaries. The past self is the one we have in our memory. The present self is the one we rarely observe; we are aware that it is somewhere around, but we are hardly ever actually connected to it. The future self is the one on which we pin all our hopes; the one that is going to do wonderful things, be absolutely happy, become totally concentrated, and so on.

We are quire certain that these three selves are all called “me.” In fact, it is even more complicated than that. When we bring the past to mind, it is then the present. When we bring the future to mind, that also becomes the present. So what we are doing is not only putting boundaries around three separate selves, but we are also pursing boundaries around time and splitting it into three parts as well.

The result of all this is that we fail to live fully; because to live is to experience, and we can only experience now. All the rest is either memory or hope. By dividing both ourselves and time into three parts, we then find ourselves anxiously awaiting the future, or often regretfully thinking of the past. Happiness completely escapes us because, when we take that kind of stance, there is no room for it to arise. Pleasure does, but nor happiness. Happiness or inner joy is always connected to tranquility, and a divided self in a divided time frame is not a tranquil state to be in.

Since, however, everybody lives in this way, we are not even aware of how futile it is, or how false. We think life is like that, until we come into contact with Christ Consciousness or the Buddha’s teaching and see that it does not have to be that way, that there is another possibility. When, through mindfulness and meditation, we have become totally aware, if even only for one moment, we may have an inkling of what it is like to live in the present. The past is gone, the future has not arisen, only the moment exists, and it is eternal.

Thus, “be here now” and “living in the present moment” become teachings on the insubstantiality of space and its fictitious boundaries; they become fruitful meditations that catapult one out of the limits of past, present and future. Where can Consciousness be located? What can hold It? In Indivisible Consciousness, where can there be increments of time? Each apparent “moment” arises from Infinity and dissolves back into Infinity. Time, space, and the resultant flows of cause and effect all take place in Consciousness, yet Consciousness has no “in” or “out.” Like physical (insentient) space that is all-pervasive and which contains galaxies and all perceptible objects without ever being affected or displaced, Consciousness permeates all worlds, realms, atmospheres, concepts and objects without ever being divided, and is Awareness itself, Sentiency itself, the one Light that makes everything perceptible to the mind.

What is it that goes from birth to death, and death to birth, then? Mind — the mental complex (Antahkarana) made up of divided mind (manas), individual ego (ahamkara), mental projection (chitta), and thinking mind (buddhi). Such a mechanism is fully capable of establishing an illusory identity (ego), fabricating an illusory realm (mental projection), manipulating the various powers at its disposal (intellect), and getting completely confused (dual mind) amidst the contrasting pairs of opposites that are present when any form of creation takes place.

The more the ego succed to keep humankind trapped within a state of duality and opposites the more the ego can use mental projections, strengten the veil of ignorance, fear programming the mind into low vibrational frequencies, and through various methods of maya-illusionary powers distort mind and reality.

It is your body that deals with time; your spirit doesn’t deal with time. It is your body that has a time limit to function and live well. After that, it begins to depreciate. That is what we call `getting old’. But your spirit doesn’t get old. The Bible says, ‘Our inner man gets renewed day by day’.

The concepts of duality or past-future perspective is the ground for the dream-state of the mind. Past and future are dreams; now is a reality. All things are now; all power, all possibility, all action is now.

It´s the concept of duality or past-future perspective that make human begins to depreciate. If the could have accees to the vibrational frequencies they can reverse the aging process and some say they even can become immortal because the spirit is eternal and don´t aging in its Consciousness.

The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that the ego has no life of its own. It is an illusion which keeps perpetuating itself through attachment to the individual and, by its various methods, tricking the individual into believing that he or she is the ego.

The illusion of separation uses the trick of time to divide the one eternal now moment into past, present, and future. The incarnation wasn’t about falling. it was about getting up. It is waking up from a dream. Such a mind-trick can require incarnations to get over. If one believes they fell, they fell. We can call it a natural attitude as who believes they are fallen. it is a false belief because they think it also created time. Fear of Death as a Major Ego Trick. This is one of the ego’s biggest manipulators. The ego has tricked humankind to believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The ego tricks people to believe the ego is the real identity and real essence of life. The ego trick people believing the powers is outside him and within. This causes people to give away their own power into the external outer system of mass consciousness. Another ego trick is to create distortions and limitations; man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The ego’s need to control is a lack of trust in life, and that lack of trust keeps us out of the flow. The ego isn’t in touch with life, so how can it trust it? The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that the ego has no life of its own. It is an illusion which keeps perpetuating itself through attachment to the individual and, by its various methods, tricking the individual into believing that he or she is the ego.

The ego is a master of deception and one of its favorites tricks is to make you believe that “you don’t have a choice”, but as you ALWAYS do and as more you remember your inherent freedom to choose, and as more you remember that your free will is absolutely respected, you become free to choose differently in moments of confusion and the ego will no longer be able to hold you captive.

Once you realize that you are not your thoughts, but that you are the FREEDOM out of which those thoughts appear, you become detached from your thinking mind and now that same thinking mind becomes yours to command in your absolute and realized free will.

You are the freedom that allows thoughts to manifest, you are the freedom in which thoughts are perceived, you are the freedom that can observe each and everything that appears in your mind… You are the freedom and you are not the mind.

In your free will you can choose whatever direction you want your mind to go and what you choose will be what you will get 100% of the time with no exceptions.

In moments where you are out of the alignment, your ego is active and you are immersed in some degree of chaos and confusion, it is very important that you remember your freedom to choose and your free will to direct your mind towards anything you want.

The purpose is to lead you from chaos, confusion, discomfort or any distortion in your mind into relief, relaxation, clarity of thought, reaching a blissful state of being and the forever transcendence of the active ego patterns causing the negative distortion.

They work by softening and breaking the running ego thinking patterns and hidden beliefs, allowing the Higher Mind to reach out and lead your thinking mind towards its natural state of clarity, bliss, and freedom.

It is like opening some cracks in a very dark place, letting a very powerful and intelligent light shine through, light up the place and guide your way out of that dark place and into an overwhelming blissful world of light.

The reason you cannot stop thinking is because if you stopped, the mind would be still. If your mind is still, the ego ceases to exist in that moment. Since your ego is the sense of ‘I’ and it pulls the strings of the mind to protect ‘I’; it is in the ego’s best interest to keep the mind running so as to remain in existence for self preservation or ‘I’ preservation. In other words, your ego tricks your mind into keeping it active for as much of your awareness as it possibly can.

The ego tricks us into believing these thoughts instead of our Heart by producing fear, tension, and contraction in our body, which make these thoughts seem true and necessary to our survival. Pretty tricky, isn’t it? Wisdom resides in the Heart, not in the mind.

The problem with most thoughts is that they are conditioning that is part of the false self, which isn’t wise.

Wisdom, unlike thoughts, comes to us intuitively, not mentally. Intuitions don’t arrive in our mind but in our body. Some people feel them in the center of their body, in the solar plexus or slightly higher, in what is known as the Heart center. Wisdom comes from Essence, which communicates regularly this way. Intuition is the means by which Essence communicates with the character we are playing in this lifetime. The egoic mind, on the other hand, is the means by which the ego upholds the identity of the false self.

The ego guiding people from their real higher divien self, prevent them connect to their intuition and inner wisdom of the essence. Following the Heart often requires some patience and always requires trusting our innate wisdom rather than our thoughts.

The best and most effective way for dealing with ego’s persistent efforts to get you back into the old box: is each time ego resistance shows up—whether in the form of, fear, self-doubt, worry or mind chatter—remind yourself that you are not your ego.

Instead, know that you are an individualization of a God who experiences life in and through you as you. Ego is your servant, not your master. Each time the resistance shows up, you’ll want to remind yourself of the truth of your being and put the Real You back in charge of the moment.

When your ego has you running scared or in self-doubt, that’s your signal to remember that you are not your ego. Anytime you’re feeling afraid, worried or in a state of overwhelm, that’s your ego’s problem, not yours.

Ego’s tricks work only if you fall into the trap of being your ego—only if you forget to remember that you are not your ego.

The Mind: The Psychology of Stress, The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, The divine spark, our core self, is a direct extension of the Source and is our unique spark of life. It is the highest vibrational energy spectrum of humankind. At this level we experience oneness with all-that-is. The work of the ego; The illusion of separation uses the trick of time to divide the one eternal now moment into past, present, and future. Eternity doesn’t divide the moment of now or the flow of energy into past, present and future.

“And yet the mind seems to act independently of the brain in the same sense that the programmer acts independently of the computer.

For eons, philosophers, scientists, theologians, psychologists, as well as countless planetary citizens have all wondered, hypothesized, and speculated on the topic of the human mind. What is it? Where is it? Flow does it work? Why do identical twins have different minds? Whcrc does the mind go when we die? What is a premonition? Can the mind be trained? What is intelligence? What is conscience? How fast can the mind travel? What is a thought?

As we begin the dawn of the 2Ist century, scientists are now beginning to confirm what the mystics stated long ago: The mind is a reservoir of conscious energy that surrounds and permeates the human body. From a holistic perspective, the mind and the brain are not the same thing.

If the brain and consciousness are not same thing, from which of them does the ego-body-perceptions that forms reality come from? Some authors then say that mind and consciousness is not same thing either. So which part forms reality and what part then forms intuition?

The mind, the quintessential seat of consciousness, merely uses the brain as its primary organ of choice. With new revelations from organ transplant recipients, apparently the mind uses other organs as well. In fact, new research suggests that every cell has consciousness, giving rise to a new term, cell memory.

The study of the mind (and the brain) has led to a deeper understanding of human consciousness, yet ifs fair to say that through this vast exploration of dreams, cognitive inventories, hypnosis, meditation, DNA, EEGs, and M RI s, our knowledge, at best, is still embryonic. Current research in the field of consciousness reveals interesting insights about a phenomenon that only grows more fascinating with further study. For example, distant healing, remote viewing, premonitions, synchronicities, near-death experiences, out-of-body experiences, spontaneous healings, and much more only begin to substantiate that mind, as consciousness, is certainly not a simple consequence of brain chemistry, though there are many who still believe this.

This much we do know: Much like a laptop computer, mental well-being is the ability to gather, process, re-call, and communicate information. We also know that stress compromises the mind’s ability to do all of these functions. Information is constantly gathered and processed through the portals of the five senses for a variety of reasons (from threats to simple curiosity). Yet it’s no secret that information comes into the conscious mind in other ways, including intuition, meditation, and what can only be explained as extrasensory perception. Just as we know that the mind can generate stress without any outside stimulus, the power of the mind to heal the body is also well documented.

The Sense of Imagination—sometimes called the sixth sense, it links the physical and the non-physical senses.

The Sense of Balance—calibrates our inner and outer worlds. It works together with the sense of imagination to create a bridge between the first and last five senses.

The Sense of Life—also called the sense of light and darkness, calibrates and observes the life force. It is linked to and connected to but does not involve sight. Its symbolic attribute is the solar plexus, the 3rd chakra.

We use these last seven senses to access information beyond space and time. Psychics and mediums are simply people who have learned how to use these senses in a more conscious manner. It isn’t magic, any more than electricity is magic. With practice and time, you can acquire the skills that will allow you to see the future.

WHAT’S THE PURPOSE OF THESE NEW INSTRUMENTS?

These new instruments allow you to be free. You use them to calibrate, measure and observe a reality that is beyond the five senses limiting you to the physical world. For centuries certain people were able to access information beyond their five senses.

‘When you are inspired by some great purpose, some extraordinary project, and all your thoughts break their bonds, your mind transcends limitations, your consciousness expands in every direction, and you find yourself in a new, great, and wonderful world. Dormant forces, faculties, and talents become alive, and you discover yourself to be a greater person by far than you ever dreamed yourself to be.’ It is through the mind that your soul develops. The numerous accounts of near-death experiences and cases where people have somehow seen or ‘known’ of a future event lends itself to the clear argument that there is some consciousness beyond just the brain. Where does intuition come from if not through an interaction with some unseen external consciousness?

Some people are more intuitive than others, because they already have it within them to be more ‘tuned in. This is something one has acquired somewhere along the way, from the journey that your soul has made in the past and passed on into your consciousness with the present incarnation. It is ixtrt of your spiritual DNA.

This is different from intelligence, which is very much related to the use of one’s brain; it is rather a connection with spiritual energy, and the source of that spirit energy is the primal source. This is also why wisdom is greater titan intelligence.

Wisdom is related to spiritual knowledge and not just human intelligence. You may be a very intelligent person with a high IQ, but you may not have the wisdom to use it properly.

Wisdom is not a gift; it is acquired through the interaction of intelligence and experience within consciousness, which includes the spiritual.

The way to see it is that the brain is the hardware, albeit extremely sophisticated and probably the most powerful singularly created thing on this planet. The mind is the software that we create and use through interaction with consciousness. The brain is a fixed physical object like any other object that has a physical shape and form, but your mind is like the air, without physical shape and boundaries, which can move and visit these physical objects and places.

Mind is part of consciousness and consciousness is both internal and external; it is, in a sense, universal as part of the source of all existence. So our brain which interacts with mind software is consciously also in contact on some level with what one can call universal consciousness, super-consciousness, or divine spiritual consciousness. It is through the mind that the physical part of us communicates with the external spiritual realm of which we are also part. That external spiritual source is consciousness to which all life is connected. You reach the Creator through your mind.

Mankind, which is influenced by both ‘Light’ and ‘Darkness’, has within him the potential to do great things. ‘Light’ and ‘Darkness’ filter through the mind. Are we just beings prone to be trapped and lost by our own weaknesses, having as our only salvation the possibility of being freed by a higher external force? No, we have the nature of the divine spark and source within us to assist us in finding answers and, in so doing, enabling what may even seem like miracles. But we need to reach in and develop this divine spark, as it brings about knowledge that transcends ego and is part of wisdom. We can empower ourselves through knowledge, including spiritual knowledge.

Physical energy is created out of spiritual energy, just as action is brought about initially by a thought, but as pointed out, a thought is not some physical tangible thing, as it is part of a spiritual force. The fact that we have been created with the spark of the divine source within us does in no way diminish the importance of the origin of the divine source as external. The Creator exists, but we are part of him and so have him within us.

The worst thing about ‘Darkness’ is fear, and the worst thing about fear is fear itself. It constrains and limits you. What our minds do not fully understand can lead to the emotion of fear, which is why mankind has resorted to everything from magic to superstition to divine external help.

The concrete world is still available, but the initiating thoughts begin at a higher, more abstract level of consciousness. From this perspective, an active, versus. prescriptive, intelligence navigates multiple dimensions and opens-limitless possibilities. In this world we cocreate reality rather than conform to it. Just as water can appear as solid, liquid, or gas, consciousness also changes form. It can be seen as frozen (essence of body) in physical matter, the out-come of concrete thought. Consciousness can also be viewed as liquid (essence of being) when force-matter is forming in the thought world, guided by either the direction of our declared intent (will-power) or the desires of the person-ality (emotions). Then there is a formless source of consciousness (essence of divine) in the abstract world of the spiritual ego. Pure consciousness emanates from the universal field, the Source as pure energy, pure consciousness, pure love, before it comes into manifestation. The world we create is a reflection of our level of consciousness.

The field of intent is guided energy from the universe. Nonlocal and ubiquitous, it is everywhere. This invisible and formless field is manifest in every part of our body, our soul, and the reality we create. It is the subtle pull towards the potential for the purpose of our life prompted by our spiritual ego.

When personality ego dominates, however, the power of intent is disconnected, and we become passive, living in reactive fashion in the world of our persona. Conversely, when intent is resolute, a sincere act of will emanating from the highest aspect of our spiritual ego, it calls forth a concept or germinal idea that moves into the region of our thought world. Here the thought-form attracts force matter to create a “desire element,” which will impel action in the physical world.

Shifting the focal point requires raising the vibrations of the mental body, making it more luminous, organizing it into a more definitive structure, and freeing it from the influences of desire and emotions. This will make it invulnerable to the negative and destructive thought-forms and desires created by others. They abound in the environment, and are often assimilated by us, manifesting similar destructive tendencies in ourselves.

As we move the focus of our mental body towards our higher intelligence, increasing amounts of force-matter will shift from the brain in the lower body into the abstract realm. Our thought patterns will move to a higher dimension, opening us up to a new knowledge that transcends thought and understanding. Our personality traits and patterns are the external manifestation of our inner world; consciousness is who we are .

As our understanding of that grows, we begin to see ourselves in everything. The heavy screen of past, concepts, and attitudes through which all things are filtered drops away. We begin to perceive without interpreting. From the realm of higher consciousness we can perceive the essence of what we observe.

The essence of being is the energy body of the soul, which, although it cannot be observed, can be felt as an atmosphere much as the climactic conditions of the earth.

The physical aura is a vibration of body cells that creates an electrical-chemical movement that forms a light aura around the body, radiating the essence of the body.

The movement of brain cells create brain waves and the mental aura, radiating the essence of thought.

And, finally, we emit a quality aura through out-of-body consciousness, which is anchored in the invisible heart chakra over its physical center. It emanates from our soul, radiating as the essence of being.

This magnetic field environment radiating from our outer heart chakra reflects our spiritual ego just as the personality is a reflection of our mind ego. The centers for the essence of the divine, our spiritual ego, are located in the abstract world, the home of the soul.

• The divine spark, our core self, is a direct extension of the Source and is our unique spark of life. It is the highest vibrational energy spectrum of humankind. At this level we experience oneness with all-that-is.

• The spiritual ego creates the region of the abstract world comprised of three levels:

• Will—the intent behind the creative impulse. When put forward with resolve—will power—it calls forth a germinal idea and begins the process of movement towards form.

⦁ Wisdom—pure focused attention that links our intuition or inner wisdom to primordial intelligence; the quintessence of all our previous life experiences housed in the spiritual ego. People with adequately developed mental clairvoyance can read the Akasic Records, the universal record of all events across time housed in the etheric field.

⦁ Active intelligence—the upper sphere of the thought world, which serves as the gateway into the abstract world. When con-tacted through simple awareness, an intuitive shift in the focal point from the concrete to our abstract world occurs. An opening and outpouring of the soul also occurs simultaneously.

⦁ The soul holds the seed crystal of our destiny and life purpose, along with the unique potential that is available to us throughout our life. It is also home of the universal spiritual qualities such as love and com-passion, joy and peace, which reside in the soul of all human beings. It is located in the energ vortex, situated in the sixth dimension over our heart chakra. Intuition, housed in the soul, is often referred to as our inner wisdom, because at this level we experience our true intel-ligence and our conscience. N.,* access a knowing that transcends our own, and integrate it with the wisdom of our body-mind to create a holistic perspective.

⦁ Our spiritual ego facilitates a sense of balance and harmony. enhanc-ing our energy as we naturally synchronize the frequencies of our core self with the rhythms of the universe. From a centered position we see clearly the reality in front of us. We can sense into ourselves and into others, identifying common themes and areas of misalignment.

When we approach life from the perspective of the abstract world. our vibrational energy rises to a threshold that activates our universal spiritual qualities. creating an environment of harmlessness. This generates a sense of trustworthiness and unconditional regard, which enhances the energy field of those around us.

The neocortex and newly forming forebrain are home to higher mental functions; abstract thought, planning, complex memories, language, executive reasoning, logic, and the autobiographical sense of self. Slow feelings, such as inner peace, stillness, compassion, love, and joy, are not necessary for survival, but are essential to foster the continued unfolding of human potential. Entirely structured in the neocortex, forebrain, and heart energy vortex, they create out-of-body consciousness.

Awareness coming from this place creates an atmosphere of nonaction, an environment of stillness. Real power is simply the ability to create our own reality, to live our own life and fulfill our destiny. This occurs when we effectively manage both fast and slow feelings. Balance occurs when we can catch our fast feelings and shift the energy to our higher abstract world guided by slow feelings. Catching a thought creates a huge shift in perception as we experience a break with programmed response, a tiny moment of silence. Stillness is the underlying consciousness out of which every thought-form is born. Wisdom comes with the ability to be still. Being still, looking, and listening activate the noncon-ceptual intelligence within us, which then directs our words and actions. It fosters self-healing.

When the mind experiences the presence of total acceptance, it encounters real respite, often for the first time. Suddenly we see the truth that weaknesses are not so much the product of ourselves as they are part of being human. It is the dawning of a deep understanding that these same fears and phenom-ena are present in every human being in differing situations and conditions. The structure of the problem comes out of the nature of fear and the emotions it creates, a natural phenomenon, rather than a fatal personal flaw. This realization moves us closer, creating a relationship with ourselves, often for the first time. Things begin to fall into place; the journey towards wholeness has begun.

Each soul has its pattern of energy, its fundamental evolutionary move-ment, which means it has a clear purpose—a reason for being—which is to become what it holds within itself. Soul growth is the movement of becoming, not in the sense of knowledge or achievement, but as a blossom-ing into that which is dormant within us, similar to the unfolding of a flower.

Each unique soul has a blend of characteristics that can be sensed as they are manifest in the actions and attitudes of the individual.

If we live in balance between the concrete and abstract world, we walk in balance within an atmosphere of harmlessness. We are not going anywhere—not into the past or the future; there is only the moment (in presence time – here and now). The secret key of understanding is when one is able to connect to the present state of mind/consciousness one have unlimited acccess to all levels and dimensions instantly, and this is the power of intuition. Duality is a concepts that keeping humankind trapped within a past-future duality, and disconnected from the true essence, the real higher self, and disconnect to their higher wisdoms, and therefore disconnected to other dimensions and vibrations. The ego is controlling the past-future perceptions, but it does´nt control the true essence of life and it doesn´t control intuition, and in present time there is no time in present reality, and duality keeping humankind trapped in the time of past and future. Same work is done by the mass consciousness programming of the masses. If one is able to dissolve opposite energies, which is the real purpose with alchemy, then past and future is neutralized, and one get access to the state of present time. When body, soul and spirit, or when subconsciousness, consciouness and super consciousness is merged into one higher heart vibrations, then one have access to all one will need.

The goal with alchemy is to transform the leaden consciousneess (lead) and transform it to golden consciousness. This is the process of alchemy and transform lead into gold, but the problem is the ego that prevent this transformation from taking place. The ego is powering and fueling the leaden consciousness and disfueling/or disconnecting the golden consciousness, and mass consciousness is not the divine consciousness, it is the desire consciousness, and the ego purpose is to keep humankind tuned into materialism and the desire consciousness (leaden consciousness).

There is no stability either in past or future because there is only change.

It is in this atmosphere that one becomes free so the soul can fly. From this stance we learn to trust our observations without making a single compromise because of what other people say.

It is our own observations, made from a heightened state of awareness, that can transform us. True presence takes courage and authenticity, which means we must stay with our observations even if they look totally wrong. Our own observations are better and closer to the/our truth. Resulting decisions and actions are in keeping with the natural flow of the situation before us.

The work of the ego; The illusion of separation uses the trick of time to divide the one eternal now moment into past, present, and future. Eternity doesn’t divide the moment of now or the flow of energy into past, present and future.

Within that past, present, and future self, there are many false assump-tions. First of all, we are making boundaries. The past self is the one we have in our memory. The present self is the one we rarely observe; we are aware that it is somewhere around, but we are hardly ever actually connected to it. The future self is the one on which we pin all our hopes; the one that is going to do wonderful things, be absolutely happy, become totally concentrated, and so on.

We are quire certain that these three selves are all called “me.” In fact, it is even more complicated than that. When we bring the past to mind, it is then the present. When we bring the future to mind, that also becomes the present. So what we are doing is not only putting boundaries around three separate selves, but we are also pursing boundaries around time and splitting it into three parts as well.

The result of all this is that we fail to live fully; because to live is to experience, and we can only experience now. All the rest is either memory or hope. By dividing both ourselves and time into three parts, we then find ourselves anxiously awaiting the future, or often regretfully thinking of the past. Happiness completely escapes us because, when we take that kind of stance, there is no room for it to arise. Pleasure does, but nor happiness. Happiness or inner joy is always connected to tranquility, and a divided self in a divided time frame is not a tranquil state to be in.

Since, however, everybody lives in this way, we are not even aware of how futile it is, or how false. We think life is like that, until we come into contact with Christ Consciousness or the Buddha’s teaching and see that it does not have to be that way, that there is another possibility. When, through mindfulness and meditation, we have become totally aware, if even only for one moment, we may have an inkling of what it is like to live in the present. The past is gone, the future has not arisen, only the moment exists, and it is eternal.

Thus, “be here now” and “living in the present moment” become teachings on the insubstantiality of space and its fictitious boundaries; they become fruitful meditations that catapult one out of the limits of past, present and future. Where can Consciousness be located? What can hold It? In Indivisible Consciousness, where can there be increments of time? Each apparent “moment” arises from Infinity and dissolves back into Infinity. Time, space, and the resultant flows of cause and effect all take place in Consciousness, yet Consciousness has no “in” or “out.” Like physical (insentient) space that is all-pervasive and which contains galaxies and all perceptible objects without ever being affected or displaced, Consciousness permeates all worlds, realms, atmospheres, concepts and objects without ever being divided, and is Awareness itself, Sentiency itself, the one Light that makes everything perceptible to the mind.

What is it that goes from birth to death, and death to birth, then? Mind — the mental complex (Antahkarana) made up of divided mind (manas), individual ego (ahamkara), mental projection (chitta), and thinking mind (buddhi). Such a mechanism is fully capable of establishing an illusory identity (ego), fabricating an illusory realm (mental projection), manipulating the various powers at its disposal (intellect), and getting completely confused (dual mind) amidst the contrasting pairs of opposites that are present when any form of creation takes place.

The more the ego succed to keep humankind trapped within a state of duality and opposites the more the ego can use mental projections, strengten the veil of ignorance, fear programming the mind into low vibrational frequencies, and through various methods of maya-illusionary powers distort mind and reality.

It is your body that deals with time; your spirit doesn’t deal with time. It is your body that has a time limit to function and live well. After that, it begins to depreciate. That is what we call `getting old’. But your spirit doesn’t get old. The Bible says, ‘Our inner man gets renewed day by day’.

The concepts of duality or past-future perspective is the ground for the dream-state of the mind. Past and future are dreams; now is a reality. All things are now; all power, all possibility, all action is now.

It´s the concept of duality or past-future perspective that make human begins to depreciate. If the could have accees to the vibrational frequencies they can reverse the aging process and some say they even can become immortal because the spirit is eternal and don´t aging in its Consciousness.

The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that the ego has no life of its own. It is an illusion which keeps perpetuating itself through attachment to the individual and, by its various methods, tricking the individual into believing that he or she is the ego.

The illusion of separation uses the trick of time to divide the one eternal now moment into past, present, and future. The incarnation wasn’t about falling. it was about getting up. It is waking up from a dream. Such a mind-trick can require incarnations to get over. If one believes they fell, they fell. We can call it a natural attitude as who believes they are fallen. it is a false belief because they think it also created time. Fear of Death as a Major Ego Trick. This is one of the ego’s biggest manipulators. The ego has tricked humankind to believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The ego tricks people to believe the ego is the real identity and real essence of life. The ego trick people believing the powers is outside him and within. This causes people to give away their own power into the external outer system of mass consciousness. Another ego trick is to create distortions and limitations; man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The ego’s need to control is a lack of trust in life, and that lack of trust keeps us out of the flow. The ego isn’t in touch with life, so how can it trust it? The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that the ego has no life of its own. It is an illusion which keeps perpetuating itself through attachment to the individual and, by its various methods, tricking the individual into believing that he or she is the ego.

The ego is a master of deception and one of its favorites tricks is to make you believe that “you don’t have a choice”, but as you ALWAYS do and as more you remember your inherent freedom to choose, and as more you remember that your free will is absolutely respected, you become free to choose differently in moments of confusion and the ego will no longer be able to hold you captive.

Once you realize that you are not your thoughts, but that you are the FREEDOM out of which those thoughts appear, you become detached from your thinking mind and now that same thinking mind becomes yours to command in your absolute and realized free will.

You are the freedom that allows thoughts to manifest, you are the freedom in which thoughts are perceived, you are the freedom that can observe each and everything that appears in your mind… You are the freedom and you are not the mind.

In your free will you can choose whatever direction you want your mind to go and what you choose will be what you will get 100% of the time with no exceptions.

In moments where you are out of the alignment, your ego is active and you are immersed in some degree of chaos and confusion, it is very important that you remember your freedom to choose and your free will to direct your mind towards anything you want.

The purpose is to lead you from chaos, confusion, discomfort or any distortion in your mind into relief, relaxation, clarity of thought, reaching a blissful state of being and the forever transcendence of the active ego patterns causing the negative distortion.

They work by softening and breaking the running ego thinking patterns and hidden beliefs, allowing the Higher Mind to reach out and lead your thinking mind towards its natural state of clarity, bliss, and freedom.

It is like opening some cracks in a very dark place, letting a very powerful and intelligent light shine through, light up the place and guide your way out of that dark place and into an overwhelming blissful world of light.

The reason you cannot stop thinking is because if you stopped, the mind would be still. If your mind is still, the ego ceases to exist in that moment. Since your ego is the sense of ‘I’ and it pulls the strings of the mind to protect ‘I’; it is in the ego’s best interest to keep the mind running so as to remain in existence for self preservation or ‘I’ preservation. In other words, your ego tricks your mind into keeping it active for as much of your awareness as it possibly can.

The ego tricks us into believing these thoughts instead of our Heart by producing fear, tension, and contraction in our body, which make these thoughts seem true and necessary to our survival. Pretty tricky, isn’t it? Wisdom resides in the Heart, not in the mind.

The problem with most thoughts is that they are conditioning that is part of the false self, which isn’t wise.

Wisdom, unlike thoughts, comes to us intuitively, not mentally. Intuitions don’t arrive in our mind but in our body. Some people feel them in the center of their body, in the solar plexus or slightly higher, in what is known as the Heart center. Wisdom comes from Essence, which communicates regularly this way. Intuition is the means by which Essence communicates with the character we are playing in this lifetime. The egoic mind, on the other hand, is the means by which the ego upholds the identity of the false self.

The ego guiding people from their real higher divien self, prevent them connect to their intuition and inner wisdom of the essence. Following the Heart often requires some patience and always requires trusting our innate wisdom rather than our thoughts.

The best and most effective way for dealing with ego’s persistent efforts to get you back into the old box: is each time ego resistance shows up—whether in the form of, fear, self-doubt, worry or mind chatter—remind yourself that you are not your ego.

Instead, know that you are an individualization of a God who experiences life in and through you as you. Ego is your servant, not your master. Each time the resistance shows up, you’ll want to remind yourself of the truth of your being and put the Real You back in charge of the moment.

When your ego has you running scared or in self-doubt, that’s your signal to remember that you are not your ego. Anytime you’re feeling afraid, worried or in a state of overwhelm, that’s your ego’s problem, not yours.

Ego’s tricks work only if you fall into the trap of being your ego—only if you forget to remember that you are not your ego.

The incarnation wasn’t about falling. it was about getting up. It is waking up from a dream. Leave a mind. Hymnopopic dissolutions. It is a mind-trick.

Such a mind-trick can require incarnations to get over. If one believes they fell, they fell. It’s simple. we have created many religions, philosophies, and ideologies. what fall reflected in them? We can call it a natural attitude as who believes they are fallen. it is a false belief because they think it also created time.

Time is always an illusion about time itself appearing. Read it through awakened incarnated eyes. See through yourself. Time is a fulfillment ideology. Time will appear as if this or that. We must fulfill it by making time means something. It is all fallen times. Separation is an idea. It creates an as having profound distance from ourselves. Such extreme distances within us are the measure of our own beliefs.

We either substitute history for experience (which means we remove what is from our eyesight). Or to fulfill God’s will by replacing time with it. All time and ideologies go together. We fell. We’re separate. God is angry with us because we fell. We must do something to win back his trust. Belief systems create an “ego” system like a river where people paddle upstream without a paddle. it feels the world with ambitions and desires that hallucinate reality. We say this is normal, given the circumstances.

Fear of Death as a Major Ego Trick. This is one of the ego’s biggest manipulators.

The second greatest fear that we have is the fear of death and the first greatest fear that we have is of God. He pointed out how the ego tricks us into delaying the healing. Notice how a fear came up (fear #2) and instead of taking it to God for healing (unconscious fear #1) the ego chose to avoid it. The fear never really did get dealt with nor healed because it was never taken to the Holy Spirit for healing. See how the ego thought system works. It tries to keep us trapped in the cycle of birth and death. Now as we begin to see how this works, we can make a change.

The ego is afraid, very afraid, because, in truly acknowledging this fact, it means the death of the ego identity, and the ego will do anything in its bag of tricks to prevent that outcome.

The ego has tricked humankind to believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The fear of death concept is based on this mind error to believe the dying nature of the body is the real identity, and this belef system therefore dis-connects them from their divine source of being and their undying nature of the soul spirit.

To succed with all these ego-concepts the ego must keeping humankind in the state of duality, and it must keep humankind in a low vibrational state of frequency, and they must therefore use massmedia, television, technology, gmo, social egnineering methods, chemtrails to manipulate the flow energies, and control the flow of information through media, television and educational systems. The ego has become mass consciousness and fear is the component or vibrational frequency that holds the reptilian brain open for susceptible subconscious negtaive programming.

The ego tricks people to believe the ego is the real identity and real essence of life.

The ego trick people believing the powers is outside him and within. This causes people to give away their own power into the external outer system of mass consciousness, and the outer system is the also the matrix, or the mind prison, and the ego itself is the prison guard of this mind prison, and the ego is the veil of ignorance.

Another ego trick is to create distortions and limitations; man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The trick of the ego is to make everyone think their is no other higher self than their physical body and is therefore beome boudned and limited in perception to understand other things outside the reality of the physical matter.

The ego’s need to control is a lack of trust in life, and that lack of trust keeps us out of the flow. The ego isn’t in touch with life, so how can it trust it? This is the basic understanding for the “fear of death”. The ego is not the real Essence of Life and therefore disconnected from the real divine inner being. The concepts of fear of death is fueling the the ego´s own existence, and dis-fueling the real divine inner being.

The beast system using endless of methods to make everyone of the masses to confirm to the system and the goal is to keep them busy. When people are stresses, to busy, there is less time to grow spiritually.

In a characteristic moment of supreme insight the ego- dying perceives the nexus between man’s fear of death and man’s tendency to bully others “in a mad assertion of [his] ego”—the ego indeed not only of individuals but also of “cities and societies and hosts,” of “men and women alike,” “For men and women alike were mad with the egoistic fear of their own nothing-ness.” It is essentially the “egoistic” man and/or woman who is indeed likely to experience/suffer “the ultimate fear of death,” a fear which leads to a kind of insane “bullying”—”a mad assertion of the ego”—as a kind of psychic defense mechanism against the fear of death, a fear which is grounded in egotism,—”the egoistic fear of their own nothingness.” It is their egotism which leads men and women to lack genuine inner being, Thus leading them to a (human) condition of “nothingness” – “nothingness” the sensation of which leads them to act as bullies. This is todays organized gang stalking, organized bullying, organized noise harassment, and organized collective gaslighting. The ego is the veil of ignoranece and the ego is mass consciousness of the mind, or the matrix, and the matrix is the mind prison hmankind is trapped within.

The purpose of these gang-stalking activities is not just to unnerve the target and make them look foolish or even crazy in public, or to frustrate or intimidate them, or to punish them for some perceived misdeed. The deeper purpose is to coerce them into conforming, to force them to silently accept what is going on, and to break their will and draw them into taking part in this system of control. Anyone around the target will be clueless as to what the target is experiencing, and the target will appear to be delusional should he or she mention anything to anybody. The sense of isolation that often results, due to a lack of anywhere to turn for help, is meant to break down the target and force his or her silent submission.

It is in the end the stuff of nightmares and what has been called dark prophecy or conspiracy theory is actually ancient agenda in its final stages of being played out.

One method organized gang stalking using is collective gaslighting to drive the targeted individual to wickedness or to make them look foolish. Another method is using collective and organized noise harassment.

Another way to think of the approach to silence is that it grows out of true vipassana practice. You allow whatever arises to come into your mind, and what you see about all of it is that it is impermanent. In that seeing, there is a letting go, and past that letting go is silence.

From the clarity of a silent mind, one sees impermanence much more clearly. That clear seeing allows more letting go, and a deeper penetration into silence. The two things feed on each other, what I’m calling wisdom and what I’m calling silence. Each deepens the other. It is true that on the threshold of silence we often experience fear. It is the ego that is afraid. In the panoramic attention that you devote to choiceless awareness, the ego is not allowed to occupy center stage, where it thinks it belongs, and it begins to wonder what it will be like in silence, where it won’t be present at all.

This fear resembles the fear of death, because entering into silence is a temporary death for the ego. The great silence would be its permanent death. Naturally it is afraid. When this fear comes up, it isn’t an obstacle or hindrance. It is just one more aspect of the noise. Your encounter with that fear is very valuable, and the skill called for is just to stay with it. In time, like every other phenomenon, it will pass away.

When it does, what is left is silence. Practice and teaching that the attainment of silence is somewhat related to the ability to handle loneliness, and also to the acceptance of death. Especially for the ego, those things are closely related. We are afraid of being alone, and afraid to die, so we create company for ourselves with our thoughts, and they keep us from getting to silence.

The ego’s need to control is a lack of trust in life, and that lack of trust keeps us out of the flow. The ego isn’t in touch with life, so how can it trust it? The fear of death keeps humankind disconected from Life or the real Essence of Being, and instead connected to believing on the powers of a external outside ego. The ego tricks the mind to become mass consciousness, a dreamstate for artificial programming of the mind and mass-mind-control.

“There is a God shaped vacuum in the heart of every man which cannot be filled by any created thing.” This void of nothingness is our salvation, when we are willing to walk into “the valley of the shadow of death” to explore. The void is qualified as the absence of everything, so we meet collective darkness. This absence is the Eternal Life’s open doorway. We meet the collective fears of isolation, abandonment, hopelessness, helplessness and death. The root of humanity’s cumulative fear is the fear of this void.

Organized Gang Stalking is the end the stuff of nightmares and what has been called dark prophecy or conspiracy theory is actually ancient agenda in its final stages of being played out.

An ancient ego trick, has kept humankind searching in all the wrong places for sustainable solutions that exist only within us.

To achieve and ultimately sustain flow, we have to alter the way we see the world. It is not the world we have to change, but our minds about the world. To experience flow, we have to see flow. We have to know flow. We have to expect flow. Alternatively, if life is not flowingwell for us now, it is because we are not seeing right. We are misinterpreting or perceiving wrongly, a common ego malfunction. This has little to do with our physical eyes and everything to do with our mind’s eye.

In A Course in Miracles, Jesus states quite clearly that seeing with the vision of Christ and seeing with the body’s eyes are exact opposites. One cannot see what the other sees. It would be like seeing light and dark at the same time. To ‘Let See, people must learn to let go. This means removing the blindfolds that cover the mind’s eye.

The ego is blind of reality and does not even know it. The ego sees only the temporary,and never the Truth.The ego is so easily influenced by the mass media and mass consciousness. We live in a world of egos trying to convince egos of falsities and misperceptions.

Trouble is the ego is an instrument of perception rather than knowledge and therefore it does not know the difference between Truth and falsehood. Thus, many in the human race are blindfolded and deceived by the trusted ego mind. So how do we learn to see differently?

What is it we have to ‘let go’of in other to see with the vision of Christ Consciounses ( or Buddha Consciousnesss)?

The answer lies in the mind. A change in mind results in a change in vision and a change in manifestation. The key is to find the right leverage points to release. If people perceive themselves as victims, they cannot be free. They will wait and wait and wait for some external force to free us all and it will not happen. Ownership and empowerment reside within us. The ‘second coming’ abides within us. We must exercise our own free will to free our will.

Organized Gang Stalking including methods of wickedness for gaslighting, and using noise harassment to prevents a relaxed and silent mind and enviroment, another methods is victimizing the targeted inidvidual mind. Because if they perceive themselves as victims of the organized gang stalking methods they cannot be free and liberate themselevs from the controlling tyrant of the ego and mass consciousness, and the matrix or the mind mind prsion of the archons.

Fear is made real in our minds by the ego. When an energy system is in a life-threatening situation, fear is produced. The body systems shift into a sympathetic response ready to prepare for an attack or flee from the situation. The attacker is just as unreal as they are real therefore; the illusion of fear through the ego is used to counteract the falseness of the situation. The illusion of fear fights against the illusion of the attacker. Both the fearful energy system and the attacker then become real to the ego, which causes physical conflict and distress.

As long as the ego rules the world, fear, will always be present. Fear creates chaos and horror. Energy systems are constantly negotiating with the illusions of the ego. If for any reason an energy system cannot contain the negative, destructive illusions being projected, they take over the energy system and can end up making the energy system perform acts of terror. This chaotic, unstable, and dysfunctional energy system becomes a threat to all energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The ego has imprinted these dysfunctional nuisances into the collective awareness as fear factors. Fear factors become embedded into the stream of consciousness in energy systems.

The Ego-Death is the rejoining with the original intent of Creation. The physical earthly life is only a temporary stop along the universal celestial energy pathway. Through separation we have been given the right to choose our own path of energy on Earth. Depending on which channel of energy we choose determines how we will live and contribute to the mass of collective energy. The closer we remain in the stronghold of the ego the further away from the truth we get. When an energy system becomes awakened from the dream of the ego they begin to see past the illusions and smokescreens that have been governing their false reality belief system.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our evolutionary history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.

We see here a glimpse efh Ine great assistance that essence provides for the work of freedom from the personality, the condition of enlightenment. We are stressing this point because much of Work literature makes it sound as if the Work is designed to accomplish freedom from personality and then the development of essence. Although this is possible, it is very unlikely and happens extremely rarely because of the complexity, depth, and subtlety of the personality. In this method, the Diamond Approach, there is no need to wait for the experience of ego death before one understands essence. A person can traverse the path by going through small “deaths,” which will bring out the aspects of essence, which will in turn lead to the final experience of ego death.

The id, ego, and superego—are buried in the unconscious. But like most Western depth psychologists, his understanding of the mind constrained him from going beneath the level of the chakra system. He stayed within the realm of the personality and its instinctual sources, which do not operate deeper than the chakra system.

Since essence becomes repressed (as do affects, ideas, and fantasies), the job of retrieving essence becomes simple and obvious: to make the unconscious conscious. This will, however, alter the structure of the personality itself and will change its position in the overall economy of the human organism. This is because, the structure of the personality is based in large pan on the experience of the loss of essence. So when essence is unrepresssed and freed, it will change the personality structure.

Return to Essence: How to Be in the Flow and Fulfill Your Life’s Purpose describes how to get into the flow and stay there and how to live life from there. Being in the flow not being in the ant. flow are two very different states. One is dominated by the ego-driven mind, which is the cause of suffering, while the other is the domain of Essence, the Divine within each of us. You are meant to live in the flow. The flow is the experience of Essence—your true self—as it lives life through you and fulfills its purpose for this life.

In removing the veils of ignorance, he awakens people to their essential nature.

To strengthen the God within you means that the veil separating you and God should be removed. The ego is the veil that has to be removed. Hence, reinforce the God within you to such an extent that He starts expressing himself through your body.

From the beginning of modern psychology, the ego became the territory of psychology while the self or the soul became the territory of spirituality. It is an artificial separation and by using this terminology we run the risk of also remaining separated.

The more they can keep you coming from the left side of the brain, the more easily you can be controlled, manipulated and programmed, and the easier it is to distract you from finding out who you truly are and what you are truly doing here. The leaft brain is also the core that is using fear to stay in control and power, and fear is also the component that opens up the channels for mental nefative programming of the mind. The powers using computers to dumb down the masses and the next generation. Computers eliminate all right-side brain activity. The right side is the side that produces creativity, innovation, intuition, imagination, and insight, and these aspects go hand in hand with consciousness, creating, and the essence of your soul.

Knowledge at the mental level is largely mixed up with ignorance, but knowledge at the level of the Supermind is free from ignorance. Spirit is Supermind; Spirit is Consciousness; and Spirit is also Transformation. The whole principle of the Psychology of the New Consciousness is the raising of all existential energies to higher levels of intensity until the stage arrives when all these energies are transmuted by a new rhythm acting from above and below. This is the art of alchemy.

At present most humans only have about 3-5% of their DNA turned on, as the rest lies dormant. By activating our DNA we gain greater access to our full potential. Humankind have been learned to believing that power is outside him and not within. The ego-self and mass consciousness with its feelings of dualism is really the biggest obstacle to our spiritual progress. The Ego bends every effort to quicken vibration and this prevents activation of dormant dna strands. If we can raise our vibrations to their highest level, then we can reach out to our Higher Self, that part of us that is at its highest vibration. Alchemy and meditation is the path to re-activate all dna strands. The path toward collective ego to collective soul is very likely also the path toward a more wider enlightened state of consciousness. As a species begins to collectively realize that it is dying out, an inner mechanism, possibly built into the blueprint of the DNA, begins to create the next level of being.

When the path transforms itself: the world of appearances stops being a veil of separation and becomes a veil of revelation. People know there is more to this life than meets the eye. They refuse to go along with the program and are singled out as potential roadblocks for the archon agenda. What do the Archons want? To maintain the world of control. To keep us preoccupied with fear, separation. When we awaken to the illusion of the mind-prison world, then we are no longer at its mercy. It will no longer control us, we will have control over it. When we realise that this world is an illusion, we transcend its limitations and become co-creators of it.

The salvation of man lies in the transformation of his mind leading to the vision of eternity as the sole and absolute reality. Salvation is not only about saving one’s soul; it is also about learning how to seek liberty from the illusions of life, a quest that can never be achieved without knowing where one stands in their faith.

Return to Essence: How to Be in the Flow and Fulfill Your Life’s Purpose

The ego’s need to control is a lack of trust in life, and that lack of trust keeps us out of the flow. The ego isn’t in touch with life, so how can it trust it? This is the basic understanding for the “fear of death”. The ego is not the real Essence of Life and therefore disconnected from the real divine inner being. The concepts of fear of death is fueling the the ego´s own existence, and dis-fueling the real divine inner being.

You can’t know yourself as other than a human being while you are entrenched in the egoic state of consciousness. The egoic programming tells you that you are a man or a woman, which is decidedly human. You don’t think to question this. Even religions don’t lead you to believe otherwise. They describe a God, but that God is out there, not within you. The esoteric side of many religions does recognize the divinity within, however, so the truth is alive, even though buried. This basic lack of understanding about who we are, which is perpetuated by the egoic state of consciousness, is another block to being in the flow. If you don’t even know that you exist as Essence, you won’t look for it, and you won’t know what it is when you do experience it. The ego doesn’t notice Essence because the ego is too busy noticing other things. It focuses on things, sensations, feelings.

Ego directed actions are most often harmful and result in suffering. But the ego itself is in pain and lives in fear, and identification with it results in suffering. As consciousness expands, ego is seen from a distance and is known as the product of tribal beliefs and conditioning. The collective consciousness of the tribe is limited and so ego has limited vision and knowledge. It sees the individual and knows separation; it does not know wholeness or connection.

The ego is not connected to divine wholeness, its the veil of ignorance that´s creates separation from it.

When you identify yourself with the thought system of duality the impact is the suffering and the concepts of separation. When the ego caan fueling the concepts of duality its fueling the world of oppsites.

When your experience becomes one of deep presence of being your divine eternal Self, in that moment you are spiritually free. You literally become peace eternal, total freedom, indescribable bliss. You are in your natural state, which is your true essence, your undefined timeless being. You become the divine presence that is the core truth of who you eternally are. You become one with all that is true. You are pure God awareness and ever-expansive aliveness. You may access this state at this very moment, it is always available . . . it is who you are.

A world of one and a world of many cannot coexist … they have nothing in common. You are always in either one world or the other . listening to the voice of truth or the voice that lies … peace or conflict … Reality or illusion. The instant you choose the world of duality, you believe that you are alone and apart from God. You believe there is an opposing force to the all good and all loving Source that created you.

All of a sudden there appears to be things outside yourself that can threaten you and that you need to compete with. You believe that you are small, vulnerable, and powerless. You believe that you are no longer whole . . . that you are just a tiny incomplete part amongst billions of other random and chaotic parts. You believe that you are limited to the little body and limited identity that you think of as yourself, . . . a whole world of limitation, fear, and scarcity is born. Opposites, threats, and competition become possible. Suffering, loss, and lack are all pervasive. Surviving separation becomes your way of being, and nothing within separation will save you.

Therefore, our ego identity is reinforced and rooted in defending, comparing, and competing with the projected external world we believe is threatening and separate from our self.

The paradigm of form. from etheric to the physical is a different abstraction within the illusion than the paradigm of time. In a world of separation the illusion of time is born and lifetime after lifetime, moment after moment appears to be happening sequentially rather than simultaneously.

The illusion includes the entire paradigm of time, and time obeys very different laws within the different realms within the illusion. In this physical realm, time is linear and based in a mutually agreed upon, made up model. Years are separated into months, months into days, days into hours, hours into minutes, minutes into seconds . . . the illusion of past and future are born. The illusion includes all time that ever existed including all our past, present, and future lives. The illusion of separation uses the trick of time to divide the one eternal now moment into past, present, and future.

The trick of time is based in the false belief in separation, limitation, and loss . . . every moment is a loss, a death to the next moment. We lose the now moment when our mind is engaged in thoughts of the past or the future. The illusion of time makes death, separation, and limitation appear possible.

Change, death, loss, and suffering are inevitable in a world of time and separation. Within the illusion of time everything eventually dies, nothing is ever permanent or eternal.

Enlightenment can never be found anywhere in the world of separation or time, regardless of any amount of good work or spiritual discipline. It is like searching for air to breathe while deeply submerged in water. There is nothing wrong with the water … however, if you want to breath air into your lungs, you will need to change the context of your environment and enter into a whole new world by getting out of the water. We awaken, or get out of the water by transfonning our dual-based thought system into a non-dual thought system. Once our thoughts are immersed in the truth of Oneness, perfection, and love the external world reflects back perfect love.

The Book of Revelation mention in chapter 21; “And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea”…. and this may be related to second chakra and water. Humankind minds is dominated by the waters of the ego and fueling itself with concepts of separation and duality.

This life and body we live right now is like living in a dream state, unaware that we are an eternal, invisible, infinite, Divine Mind dwelling in the ecstatic One Mind of God, as God. Some of the greatest scientists all over the world are proving that this world is an illusion, a holographic universe … a reflection of the mind’s inner state of awareness.

We don’t need to worry about duality because it will naturally and inevitably disappear because it is not aligned with Truth. The light of truth that is immersing the consciousness of the planet will raise the vibration of all minds to a level where it will no longer be able to hold the vibration of negativity, stress, fear, opposition, competition, and all dual-based thoughts and its belief system.

The dual-based organizations will transform or fall . . . they have no power over Truth and Oneness. At this point in time our world is like a dimly lit room. Only a small amount of light shines into this room and there are many shadows and dual-based figures, thought systems, and organizations present.

Once we allow all the light to fully immerse our awareness and the consciousness of humanity, all darkness is gone, all fear, duality, hate, and opposition has completely disappeared, none of it was ever real to begin with. Please don’t waste your time fighting the shadows of duality and dual-based organizations, focus on bringing in the light, the love, and the truth into your own consciousness.

When you believe that anything has power over or can threaten God, Oneness, or Truth, then you are reinforcing the illusion of duality with your belief in the thought of separation being true.

Reality has no form, no definition, and no belief system whatsoever. Reality is in a realm completely outside the separation-based paradigm of duality, language, limitation, definition, concepts, beliefs, understanding, and comprehension. We cannot perceive Reality or absolute oneness because it is in a realm outside of the illusion of perception. Perception even in the illusion is limited . . . there is no way we can perceive all information. There are trillions of bits of information that our brain is not capable of perceiving in any one moment.

The sense organs of our bodies are equipped to only perceive a fraction of the sensory information that is available. Science has discovered that of the trillions of bits of information that our brains are capable of perceiving, we select only a tiny fraction of information to be aware of in each moment. What a human mind perceives in any moment is only on a tiny fraction of the information that is available at that moment … therefore wee can never claim to truly know Truth. We have one tiny piece of a trillion piece puzzle.

Perception, interpretation, description, language, concepts, and beliefs are limited and never based in truth . . . Reality and ultimate Truth have no limits. Reality doesn’t fluctuate or change, it exists in a realm of changeless eternal permanence. Reality. Truth, and God eternally exist in a timeless. permanent, changeless state. Nothing in this perceptual illusionary dimension of form, time, and space has the qualities of Reality, therefore Reality doesn’t exist within the illusionary dream of separation, form, sickness, and death, and the illusion doesn’t exist within the formless, spaceless, timeless, infinite, and permanent state of Reality.

This dream you arc dreaming of form, time, and space does not exist in the state of Reality. You as a separate identity do not exist in Reality. Reality cannot be understood, described, comprehended, defined or even believed in within the illusionary dimension of form we call the physical universe.

Reality is a state of being beyond the illusion, and we connect to what is real within us as an indescribable state of being, when we join with the part of us that is invisible, permanent, eternal, infinite, formless, changeless, and divine.

Our physical body and brain, being impermanent, ever-changing, and temporary are not who we truly are. The reality of who we are does not exist within this illusionary dream other than a distant memory of Truth and perfect love that dwells within the innermost sanctuary of our heart.

In Reality vou are deeply connected to and one with your Creator and all that is, and there is nothing outside your SeIf. Reality can only be experienced now. in this very moment. In Reality there is no death, only love and eternal life. When vou are in Reality you experience decp, profound, and unshakable peace of mind . . . you know who vou are and you know God as your Self. You dwell in a timeless. invisible. formless dimension as a fully awakened, all loving Presence . .. you are infinite, powerful, loved beyond measure, belief, and description.

In Reality there is nothing to fear, there are no enemics, no opposition, no form. no definition, no change, no time, or space . . . only the infinite, ecstatic dance amongst the ever-expanding glory and perfection of the Onc Divine Mind.

Reality cannot be experienced with a brain and a body. Reality and Truth cannot be put into words, it cannot be limited to description, definition. and concepts. and cannot ever be known in the realm of the perceptual world of form. Reality or Truth has nothing to do with and cannot be experienced on the level of time, space, or form . . . it is the unchanging, permanent, formless, infinite. eternal, perfect love of Divine Awareness that is who you truly are.

We can however have glimpses within our heart of an ecstatic experience that is our true constant Reality. Our mind can open to a pristine, vast, and expansive awareness that enraptures our present moment experience. Our hearts can glimpse the eternal bliss of Reality when it flows and overflows wilh wave after wave of profound ecstatic love. When we embracce this moment exactly as il is, only love is present. The invisible innermost core of our being can experience an eternal love the brain cannot conceive of.

There are beings that walk the earth every day who have awakened from the mass unconsciousness of duality, who consistently abide in Reality, onceness, and bliss.

The concept of oneness and the concept of separation cannot coexist .. . they are dynamically different realities. When you choose to listen to the inner voice for Truth that teaches only oneness, the Reality column below is your experience. When you choose to listen to the inner voice that lies, and teaches only separation, the illusion column below is your experience. Every moment of your life you have the power to choose either one voice or the other . . . one world or the other. True absolute oneness is completely beyond words, symbol, explanation, definition, intellectual understanding, conceptualization, or description.

There are only two core emotions, love and fear. There are only two states of mind, peace and conflict. Love and peace occur when your mind is aligned with oneness . . . when your mind chooses to listen to the voice of Truth (Inner Divine Teacher). Fear and conflict occur when your mind is aligned with duality … when your mind chooses to listen to the voice that believes in separation (the ego).

From an alchemical persepctive the ego is attached to “leaden consciousness” and prevent it from tranform into gold consciousness, or transform lead to gold.

The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that the ego has no life of its own. It is an illusion which keeps perpetuating itself through attachment to the individual and, by its various methods, tricking the individual into believing that he or she is the ego.

Within the individual, it is coming into true wholeness. In an interior alchemy, our leaden, fragmented self is transmuted into gold, its true nature and highest expression. Whether we then are immortal, as the alchemists predicted, is a mystery beyond knowing. The ego is the power that prevent humankind from changing, transmuting, or transform the leaden consciousness into gold consciousness, or transmute lead into gold. So the ego´s alchemical formula is to use all lower emotional energies, negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, worries, pain, phobias, mind terror. On Earth this is today´s organized gang stalking. That is the ego that keeping humankind strucked and trapped within the leaden state of consciousness.

⦁ The esoteric alchemist’s aim was to transmute the base metals of ignorance into the gold of awareness.
⦁ Turning base metal into gold is a metaphor referring to the psychological transmutation of turning the leaden aspects of our mind into the golden strands of consciousness.
⦁ The objective was to transmute leaden consciousness into golden consciousness. It was to transmute bondage into freedom and poverty into prosperity through a direct rapport with the Higher Self.
⦁ The Philosopher’s Stone – the latter was said to be the catalyst for the transmutation of lead to gold. In alchemical writings, this was often viewed as a metaphor for the transmutation of the self from the crude ego-bound person to the awakened spiritual human.
⦁ “This resonates with the old alchemical assertions that the lipid” is inherent within the lead; and that the processes of transmutation will “free” the gold within the lead.
⦁ The alchemical steps which lead to the making of gold were processes in their own bodies and built up and vitalized organs. This body of gold was to be transmuted out of the ordinary body, which is like lead. The symbols of transmutation: Both the body and the psyche can be transmuted, or refined and perfected, by means of a regenerative transformation which is psycho-spiritual alchemy.
⦁ For alchemy truly was a profound marriage of science and spirituality. Its actual aim was for the alchemist to transmute from a state of “leaden” earthly awareness to one of “golden” spiritual perfection.
⦁ The very hollowness of our physical heart reminds us to become empty as the alchemical crucible. By focusing on a spiritually oriented paradigm of the heart, we start to lose our attachment to the mundane, dualistic world. The leaden consciousness of the slumbering mind is transmuted into its golden, luminous state of perfection: the heart-mind that identifies with its own holiness.
⦁ The master alchemist is our own heart. Listening to our heart and actively working to remember its union with Source are the only tasks we need to perfect.
⦁ The process of raising consciousness beyond the limits of duality and into oneness is a lesson in alchemy. Historically, alchemy focused on the processes by which we might transform base metals into precious metals, such as lead into gold.
⦁ The soul in its chaotic, unregenerate state is lead.
⦁ The leaden consciousness of the slumbering mind is transmuted into its golden, luminous state of perfection: the heart-mind that identifies with its own holiness.
⦁ Hermeticism could have to do with transmuling the “lead” of ordinary experience into the “gold” of consciousness.
⦁ We can learn the art of transmutation, that process philosophers and alchemists dreamed of long ago by means of which we might turn the lead of ordinary consciousness into the gold of self-realization. Transmutation of the human identity into lasting awareness of the Self cannot take place unless it is preceded by a process of individuation.

The true alchemical transformation is the true gold of conscious realization of the Self, redeemed from the leaden matter of its unconscious existence – a emergent evolution, an alchemical vessel that takes our leaden thoughts and turns them into gold- a flame burning and purifying the ignoble leaden condition until it reaches the sublime golden state

The ordinary state of the body and ego is the slumbering state of leaden consciousness, so civilisation has been kept in this state of mind for eons, thosuends of years, generation after generation by the controllers of this planet.

The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that the ego has no life of its own. It is an illusion which keeps perpetuating itself through attachment to the individual and, by its various methods, tricking the individual into believing that he or she is the ego.

Then the ego is mass consciousness it tricking the individual into believing that he or she is the ego, and this prevents humankind from freeing and liberate the soul, it prevent them from ascending upwards on the ladder, it hindering humankind from knowing their inner divine being, it disconnect people from their inner spiritual powers and spiritual gifts, its keeping humankind trapped within the state of ignorance (darkness) and prevent them to become enlighten, it blocks higher levels of consciousness, it clouds all other dimensions and keeping humankind in state of single dimension and low vibrational energy. It´s the ego that keeps humankind attach the to state of leaden consciousenss within the matrix. The ego, leaden consciousness, the matrix, mass consciousness is organized gang stalking, organized bullying, organized collective gaslighting, and organized noise/sound harassment. Noise and sound prevent humankind from connceting to their inner relaxing, silent state of stilled mind of the divine source.

Medieval texts describe “spirits” as vapors or energy fields originating from the heart, not unlike how the heart center, or Anahata, of ayurvedic tradition is closely linked to the air element and to the breath. Whichever view you choose, the heart orchestrates our existence, as it is at the center of our physical and nonphysical anatomy. The very hollowness of our physical heart reminds us to become empty as the alchemical crucible. By focusing on a spiritually oriented paradigm of the heart, we start to lose our attachment to the mundane, dualistic world.

The leaden consciousness of the slumbering mind is transmuted into its golden, luminous state of perfection: the heart-mind that identifies with its own holiness. In this awakening, we cultivate a direct, continuous relationship with Creator, and through this relationship, unconditional love transforms everything that it touches in our lives.

The true alchemical trnasformation is the true gold of conscious realization of the Self, redeemed from the leaden matter of its unconscious existence. The ego prevent humankind from finding and transformtion the leaden consciousness into the state of gold “Self” consciousness.

The Ego prevent humankind from evolving and transforming into their Christ Consciousness.

Ego survives solely through attachment, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that the ego has no life of its own. Change is a challenge because our beliefs do not honor our divine power. We have allowed ourself to live from the beliefs of others. Our fear of assessing and changing beliefs that no longer serve us has allowed us to create a distortion in the energy upon Earth. We have been teached to believe the powers is outside him and not within. Removing the veil of ignorance is the first challenge and Consciousness is the awareness of being aware of the archon-matrix-program. Finally, Neo realizes that the dreamworld of the Matrix is an artificial place, built by the machines according to rules set to enslave humanity.

What the ego does is to mind terrorizing everyone who´s trying to transform their inner state of being from leaden consciousness to the higher gold consciousness. Organized Gang Stalking of the ego therefore acts much like a virus through attachment; stalking the awaken soul, terrorizing the mind, entangles (attachment) the soul with sound or noise harassment, and imitating the targeted inidviduals daily living actions (attachment and entangles), and the ego constant trying to overpowering the souls awaken energies by a process of mental/soul mechanization, and the disturbs, distracts and distorts the life of targeted individuals to creats doubts, confusions and using methods of collective gaslighting.

The ego or ego energy works through some type of direct perception, since alone it does not have the power of thought. Thoughts are a lower, more contracted energy. The mind through thought vibration becomes the very voice and expression for ego. So, the mind is a separate entity (energy), created to keep us separate from our higher power, or God, and to perform thinking, and create thought for ego to function through.

Right now most of humanity is so clogged in the emotional chakra that it’s very difficult to sense and feel energy in a true way.

The ego wallows in fear. Whenever control becomes loosened, fear surfaces. Overcoming the ego means overcoming fear. Fear is an emotion that comes directly from the ego. We all have fear to a certain extent. Learning to overcome the fear is the challenge.

Fear develops because others either have told us that we can’t do something, we are not good enough or we worry about what everyone else thinks, don’t trust that we are right or don’t have the faith we need to move forward with a decision.

Self doubts holds bacl all spiritual progress and prevents humans from knowing their inner divine higher being. Self doubts is a tool for the ego, in same way the ego producing fear or using fear as weapon. Another effect of self doubts is it breaks down the spirit Faith humans need to go forward int their soul journet for liberation.

Faith, not fear. When you believe in yourself—your abilities, your future, and the possibilities in your life—you build a strong brain chemistry that sustains your focus and motivation.

In a sense, the mythic battle between faith and fear is fought on the molecular level. Persistent self-statements of faith and confidence increase serotonin, regulate dopamine, and keep norepinephrine in check. Faith wins; fear loses. But when you let fear and self-doubt take over, norepinephrine dominates. Fear wins; faith loses. One need every cognitive strategy one can think of—self-talk, reframing, thought substitution—to keep one´s faith in ourself. When you do, you generate brain chemicals that help you sustain your focus.

From an collectiverly or evolutionary mass consciousness standpoint fear and self-doubts holds ourselves back from moving forward and then worry ourselves to the point of panic or anxiety. This is ego-based fear.

Fear is always based on the ego concept, and then the ego has become mass consciousness the masses and their minds progressing forward or upwards on the spiritual ladder is been controlled and conditioned through fear and low vibrational frequencies.

Then the ego is part of the animal inheritance, the hidden goal is to keep humankind trapped within their ego-desire consciousness or keep them satisfied within what the beast system is providing them. The goal is desire materialism and not desire the real divine inner being.

Ego is part of our animal inheritance, which is concerned only with itself, and its own survival. Animal level of consciousness has only one purpose, and that purpose is continuing its existence through our own, human, mind. Ego thrives and feeds on negative thoughts/emotions, which arise out of fear.

We all have it. We are all unified in our denial of its existence, We as well as our universal acceptance to paint fear as existing somewhere other than in ourselves—or our part in creating this every day in our minds and projecting it into our lives and into the lives of others. Some fears are bigger than others, and some are so big that they run the program. The magnitude of fear in our lives is not measured by how weak or how strong we are as humans, for this is a purely human measurement system. It is by how much we as humans give way to fear in every area of our lives. We allow fear into our lives in the first place when we buy into the thought that we are imperfect or simply being less than anything else. This is because we are functioning on a three-out-of-four-cylinders-firing syndrome. Our spirits are being excluded from the program, and our personalities are running amuck. Ego is tripping along nicely through its adolescence of invincibility, when it realizes that there is something bigger than it and it is outside the human form.

Mass consciouness is not the true higher divine self, and therefore creates alienation from the real self.

Mass consciouness is more like a artificial concept of reality.

The ego’s prime supports are pride (ignorance), desire (to propagate its continuance), and fear (of death). Of these, the most primordial is fear, because the ego’s vulnerability is that its seeming reality is illusory and therefore subject to disillusion. The most prevalent conscious fear is that of physical survival because the body is believed to be the primary reality of life. The body is also evidence of being separate, unique, and individual; therefore, the mind becomes the instrument that primarily serves physical survival plus its accoutrements of comfort, status, and security. Therefore, the schemes and efforts to ensure survival or success take up the time and energy of most people. The ego identifies with all these elaborations, and the fears and defenses become innumerable and unending. The ego’s investments take the form of pride and identification with belief systems; therefore, these also have to be defended. This results in a hyperalertness to danger, like that of the animal in the wild. All that is valued has to be defended; therefore, danger lurks everywhere. The ego is ever watchful of every slight, slur, or encroachment on its turf.

Because of the ego’s investments, innumerable positionalities, and false identifications, its fears are endless and continuously propagate. They subside only when the identification of ‘me’ with the positionalities is withdrawn, and the fears relating to physical survival and being separate diminish as a result of total surrender of one’s life and survival to God. The endless everyday fears are subsumed under the common human conditions called worry and anxiety. This is so prevalent that it is accepted as part of being ‘normal.’ Numerous activities are motivated by the desire to escape fear, and often the majority of life’s activities become unconsciously fear motivated. Jesus Christ said that fear was the last, final negativity to be surrendered.

The general trend of fear is that of the loss of assets, which, in turn, means the loss of pleasure and satisfaction or the means of survival. Self-confidence is the normal safeguard against multiple fears, and that capacity is enhanced by the often-painful learning of life skills in the course of events. The common element of most fears is that they are based on the illusion that happiness is dependent on externals and therefore vulnerable. To overcome the illusion of vulnerability brings great relief and the correction of being run by fear so that life becomes benign and filled with satisfaction and an easy-going, confident attitude instead of constant guardedness. Cessation of fear is the result of learning that the source of happiness and joy is from within. It stems from recognizing that its source is the joy of one’s own existence, which is continuous and not dependent on externals. This results from surrendering expectations and demands on oneself, the world, and others.

THE ROLE OF FEAR IN THE MIND FIELD OF THE EGO

We chose to begin our journey in the mind field of the ego, and became our Not Selves. Therefore, we are all somewhere in the mind field of the ego having human experiences for the single purpose of realizing that we are not who we think we are, but pure love or spirit. To know our selves as spirit, we had to forget our Source-God. When we chose to become human beings, which required us to forget our Creator, we took a detour into fear.

As we have already seen, all of our lessons on this planet have been designed by us to teach ourselves that fear is an illusion. When we forgot that God is our Creator, something occurred at that instant in our minds that would have a direct impact on what choices we would subsequently make. What occurred is a separation in our minds, where a portion of it became heavily identified with our external body Although our minds did not literally break into two pieces, the separation meant that a portion ofour minds became dominated by body identification, whose landlord is our ego. As we shall see later, our ego is highly fearful, and resists any attempt made by us to purge it from our minds so that we can once again realize our oneness with God.

This cannot be achieved as long as there exists a thought of separation in our minds. The ego is evident in our minds so long as it causes us to make choices that attempt to satisfy our external bodily needs only.

The separation in our minds is held intact by the ego thought system, and its related tape loops. With them still in use, we create all of our daily experiences according to their demands. Our entire physical reality is, therefore, fear-based, which is the source of all of the pain and suffering that we have thus far created in our personal lives. By taking a careful look at the portion of our minds that is causing our problems, we can speedup our movement toward its unification, and of our remembrance of our selves as pure love and spirit.

The Veil Of Separation in Our Minds: Source of All Our Personal Conflicts

Believing we are cut off from God, we have engaged in the creation of many identities for our selves. Therefore, the separation in our minds is nothing more than our ego, whose lift-span is directly dependent upon the time it takes us to complete this journey, moving from our not selves back to Who We Really Are-spirit.

Any personal identity that we assume that is egocentered is alien to our spirit. No communication exists between our ego and our spirit, which is our true self. Actually, our ego is like the eye lids that cover our eyes; we are not capable of seeing with them; however, our eyelids can keep us from seeing with our eyes, if they are dosed. Similarly, our ego forms a shadow or veil over our spirit, and prevents us from seeing with our spirit.

Thus, when there is a separation in our minds, as is the case for many of us now, we attempt to see with perception, and as a result, our ego uses perceptual stimuli to make choices for us, which usually brings us additional conflict and pain.

Our goal here is to “wake up” out of the dream-like state of the movie of life, and before the dissolution of the physical body, enter a state which is absolutely real, in the here and now, the present moment, the only moment there ever is or could be, This is a state of complete awareness, sometimes called bliss, or benediction, as well as many other terms.

Our thoughts, ego, personality, mind, are all formed out of our individual conditioning. All that these synergies seek to create is not the absolute truth of who we are. The illusion that this is so is largely responsible for the sad state of the human condition, with all of the suffering and pain existing within our current society. The talents of the greatest movie director, producer or actors, or even the state-of-the art theater, all pale in comparison to the egoic sense of self. Awakening is to lose and forget one’s sense of self in the form of that “movie” playing over and over in our heads. One must keep an open mind now, for only by keeping the mind open, can it be transcended. It is only in the transcendence of the mind that true clarity of vision may ensue.

Consciousness, without the conditioned mind, is pure and devoid of subjectivity. This is our original, pristine state of Being. A state of deep peace and joy, which is the birthright of all, and to which we need to return. Absolute reality, compared to that of the relative, is eternal, and a common thread linking all in the manifested universe. This is the bliss for which we came into Being. To do so, the mind has to be bypassed, and absolute truth discovered by “going within.” Then, and only then, can the wisdom of our higher consciousness be combined with all our acquired knowledge, leading to true liberation. The main obstade blocking the attainment of this state ofpeace and bliss is that which we can define as ego.

There is only one thing that the circle world of the ego fears and that is the individual, the activated human spirit inside the fit and healthy human body, the person with the personal power to choose their own lives, the soul that brings down heaven on earth. The whole essence of the circle world is to keep us discon-nected from source energy and healing spirit, to keep us thinking and reacting to the many troubles and tribulations that it faith-fully supplies every day.

Freeing the Soul from Fear

The human ego is full of fear.

By nature, the ego is fearful.

The ego’s prime supports are pride (ignorance), desire (to propagate its continuance), and fear (of death).

Fear finds its roots in the ego’s self-protection. The ego fears both life and death, because both are threatening to its survival. Ego- survives on its constructs, on its concepts of threat, of enemy. We live in the illusion of our separateness, which is always under threat, always in danger of crumbling if we don’t maintain it, defend it, and—if we have the strength—expand it.

The ego fears the loss of conscious existence, and its final surrender means facing ‘the great unknown’. The last step, therefore, requires great courage, faith, and the conviction of the truth of the great teachers. The core of the ego is then relinquished by Divine Grace, and the revelation that it ensures erases the last vestige of fear because its source has been removed.

Our ego fears the opening of this tremendous abyss, or void, where “I will not be anybody.” That is the irony. Here you are fearing being nobody when this way of being nobody is your identity: the space, the pause.

The mechanism of these encounters with fear is direct and real. It goes something like this: When fear gets hold of us we’ve succumbed to its power. We think fear is stronger than we are, stronger than our courage and determination. By remaining present when we feel the fear—at whatever level of intensity—by not averting our gaze and falling back into habitual patterns, the fear may collapse, dissolve, and transmute into freed energy as we “hold our seat,” breathe, and soften.

Fear and ego are almost interchangeable terms. Like ego, there’s no ultimate reality to fear. It lives in the discursive mind, in our thoughts. We know how difficult it is to come to terms with that in daily, real-world experience. We tend to believe that the way we see a situation is the way it is. We believe the stories fear feeds us. The arguments of the controlling ego in our heads can be exceedingly ingenious and convincing. And of course the sheer physical power of fear—the way it grabs hold of our bodies and rattles us—can also be extremely difficult to pacify

We also learned how we are bound by the thoughts we choose and how our choice for the thought of fear over the thought of love has alienated us from God and from our true selves. The Course teaches that the world has yet to collectively awaken from its choice for the thought of fear. It tells us that as long as fear is collectively projected by everyone, its false effects will continue to be collectively experienced. Yet, the Course also says that the power to extend love rather than project fear is still within us. We can take back our projections and reverse the upside-down thinking of fear’s perception. God has given us the means to do this.

Perception and Projection Here’s how it happens: In the realm of the power of thought works opposite to the way it used to work in the realm of knowledge. Knowledge knows the thought of God’s all-encompassing Love and extends that Love. Perception no longer knows Love. Perception no longer knows anything. That’s because it has chosen to believe in separation and in Love’s opposite, namely fear. Fear cannot be extended because fear doesn’t exist. Fear is an illusion. But fear can be projected. In the realm of perception, fear is, therefore, projected out of the mind and onto something outside itself in order to protect the mind that chose it. Perception uses projection to recoil from what it fears.

Upside-Down Thinking Here’s how we do it: In the world of dreams and beliefs, perception is the only means of awareness. What does perception do to gain awareness? Perception employs the senses to gather information. Since the senses can only recognize concrete things or things that have dimension, they cannot transcend the concrete, three-dimensional realm. Perception’s scope of awareness is, therefore, limited to what the eyes and ears can verify and to the choices the mind has already made. Being rooted in the belief in separation, perception can now only see parts of the whole. So it perceives separate bodies that seemingly experience separate thoughts and separate wills that are in constant competition with one another.

This is how perception keeps afloat the upside-down thinking that I’m not powerful. The world has power over me.

The ego is the jailer of your soul, guarding it from truth until the holy instant when the captive soul is released to freedom. The will of ego then becomes one with the will of your soul, which is one with mine. Your will, which you may have considered to be isolated and small, you now know to be in union with mine. This knowledge gives you the confidence to go forth in grace toward any goal you made in spirit. You are aware of your soul’s purpose and move confidently in the direction that you must go to achieve this.

The alignment of ego and soul results in harmony of spirit. This harmony is reflected back down through the etheric layers of your body and results in a feeling of well-being or all being well within your soul.

You are powerful; you are strong in your true being, This inherent power within you is your own nature. Your own true being has no fear. It is bold in its identity.

Fear lies at the very heart of much of ego’s driving force. As much as it may disguise, delude and deceive itself, fear is what drives the ego toward narcissism (control), arrogance (compensation) and defense.

In several ways, ego acts like a psychological virus: Ego requires a human host, which it “infects. Self-doubt then acts like a virus. Ego survives solely through attachment, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that the ego has no life of its own. It is an illusion which keeps perpetuating itself through attachment to the individual and, by its various methods, tricking the individual into believing that he or she is the ego.

Fear of the unknown causes doubt and control to come into existence. Self-doubt acts like a virus.

The ego fears failure

The ego does not want to give up control over the embodied soul. Even during the transition into bodily death, the ego-mind usually, in one form or another, accompanies the soul out of the body and continues with it on its journey. The physical death does not insure the death of the ego-mind. It is only through the process of awareness with acceptance that attachment to the ego is atrophied.

The ego is very aware of its tentative position and lives in constant fear. This fear is manifested in the diaphragm and solar plexus and, with practiced attention, can be directly experienced and known by the individual. This fear energy of the ego-mind is what interferes with the natural course of breathing.

The ego’s fear of extinction becomes encoded in the body, altering breathing patterns and creating greater physical ten-sion and distress. In this way, the ego continues to maintain control over the embodied soul’s consciousness.

The ego knows that if the individual becomes aware of his or her physical tension and distress, the consciousness is likely to become preoccupied with its level of physi-cal health and comfort and to react in various ways to this concern. The consciousness has now become even more attached to ego-mind through fear of loss of well being and an urgency to fix the body.

Ego survives solely through attachment, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that the ego has no life of its own. It is an illusion which keeps perpetuating itself through attachment to the individual and, by its various methods, tricking the individual into believing that he or she is the ego. When attached to the ego, the individual doesn’t “see” the ego. The ego has become invisible because the individual believes the ego is what he or she is and therefore, there is no experience of consciousness as separate from ego-mind. The attachment is complete. When attention is turned inward, the process has begun which will eventually result in the individual “seeing” the ego and finding its true Self.

The offset of loss to the spiritual devotee is the realization that loss represents an opportunity for greater freedom. An attachment is a tie and a fetter of the ego. Although the relinquishment initially feels like an emotional stress, there awakens the realization that the bondage would have to have been surrendered to God in due time in the process of letting go of the illusion that the source of happiness is external.

The true source of happiness and joy is the Self and not the identifications of the ego/self. Through close examination, it will be found that the fulfillment of desires quells the ego’s painful sense of lack, and in the quiet that ensues, it is really the happiness of the Self that was then experienced and not the ego’s acquisition. The source of the pleasure was not from the thing, action, or event itself but from the fact that in quieting the ego’s feeling of distress, the presence of the Self could be sensed.

This is the mechanism behind all ego gains. The painful wantingness or clamor of the desirous ego is silenced, and thus the inner Self is pleasantly experienced. The mind’s error is that it ascribes the source of the feeling of happiness to ‘out there’ instead of ‘in here’. The pain of loss is therefore not due to the loss of the person or object but is from the attachment itself. Attachment is an investment of emotional energy. In due time, it reinvests itself either to a substitute object or, more hopefully, in devotion to God.

The ego is shallow and fear-based, and its primary focus is all about “me”. With this ego-based focus, you are bound to fail, making your worst fears come true. Ego-based fears can be extremely powerful and control our minds. If our self-image is threatened, the ego diligently goes to work by partnering with fear to create a pattern of fearful thoughts, perceptions, and ideas.

Understand the power of divine love is the highest vibration that is able to connect with all other creations in existence and transform the vibrational rhythm pattern of these creations. The greater your connection to divine love, the more powerful your ability to transform your perceptions of pain, fear, and limitation. The key is to connect to the purest source of divine love possible.

The most powerful source of divine love that exists that can be used to transform your perceptions is located in the now moment. The now moment is a state of existence beyond time and the limitation of space where the illusion of the ego, of emotions, of limiting perceptions cannot exist, simply because the purity of divine love transforms these lower vibrational rhythm pattern creations back to the innate perfection within these creations. How you reach the now moment is by living each one of the combat transformation principles, each of which are designed to transform your creations that separate you from your divine perfection, and to focus your unlimited freewill to connect to the power of divine love that exists in the now moment.

You have to transform your perceptions of time and space. You meditate to expand your consciousness into the now moment. Most importantly you have to understand how the mass consciousness affects your ability to connect to the purity of divine love in the now moment.

If you stood in the middle of a vast stadium of pure white light that represented the transforming power of divine love, your freewill could set an intent to heal a limiting perception stored in your chakra. The vibrational rhythm pattern of divine love would connect to and raise the lower vibrations of the limiting perception. In this example there is a clear playing field between your creations and the purity of divine love.

Now add billions of creations of fear to this vast stadium of pure white light. This transforms the pure white light where you could see, touch and connect to pure divine love everywhere into a jungle of limiting perceptions that hide and distort your connection to the pure white light of divine love. To fix this problem of billions of creations of limitation blocking your access to pure divine love, humanity’s requests and prayers for help to higher awarenesses in the universe were answered with the solution of seven energy pathways being anchored by them on the planet as a gift. I

t’s as if you had engineers who went through the jungles and built a road, so that you could now go through the jungle on your transportation much easier then cutting your way through and fighting all of the tree limbs, all of the plants, and all of the things that were in the way. The seven energy pathways anchored to your planet simply have cut a path for you through the vast amounts of limiting vibrational rhythm patterns of the mass consciousness. These pathways are maintained the same as the road may be maintained. You need do nothing to maintain these pathways.

Love knows no fear, therefore is fearless, and ego is just on the opposite— fear is one of ego’s major energy suppliers.

The ego wants no part of the truth and what willbring us freedom. Fear keeps you in the imaginary reality and out of touch with the Truth. Another corruption of the negative ego fear based thought system that distorts reality, nind, perception and the divine nature of being.

The ego and mass consciousness is therefore ruled by ignorance or the veil of ignorance, and through the veil of separation the ego prevents humans from discovering their divine being.

The ego or ego energy works through some type of direct perception, since alone it does not have the power of thought. Thoughts are a lower, more contracted energy. The mind through thought vibration becomes the very voice and expression for ego. So, the mind is a separate entity (energy), created to keep us separate from our higher power, or God, and to perform thinking, and create thought for ego to function through.

This ego has become the god of this world and separate humankind from their higher divine self.

The ego, on the other hand, is worried only about its immediate, finite survival. It is a living element of fear. The ego is created through our survival belief systems that focus upon fear and anger. We accept the ego as a necessary part of our mind. But our ego is wrapped in its cocoon of fear and cannot survive in its present state in the energy of love, faith, and trust. These loving energies dissolve our shell of fear and the ego becomes humble in the love and wisdom of our soul and spirit. Our perception of life is then expanded beyond our linear view. When the ego is merged with the divine nature it becomes humility.

When we experience the energy of fear, we must understand that it is our ego fearing for its survival and not allow our ego to convince us that no other path is possible. Understand that as eternal spirit created by God we cannot be destroyed, and that all things not created by God will not survive. It is our fear of death that attaches us to the fear of change. We fear what we can’t see and we can’t see beyond the veil of beliefs that surrounds our intellect. Change is symbolic of the death of our old beliefs and behaviors.

Change expands the very essence of who we are. Each and every change that we experience in our conscious awareness allows us to have a new perception of ourself and other people. Each change that we experience will naturally replace our old belief system with new beliefs and behaviors. It is this sense of eminent change happening within our minds that allows our intel-lect and ego to withdraw in total fear.

Fear can capture our physical body in the same manner that it captures our intellect and ego. Fear is one way to create physical disease. Our ego fear will create physical symptoms within the body because fear constricts the heart and blood vessels, which has an effect upon every cell within our physical body. Our heart is the point of power for our spirit. Anytime that the ego succeeds in constricting the heart, it is winning the tug-of-war with the spirit.

This change takes place within our energy fields, which triggers our emotions, and which then triggers our physical body response. Identical responses occur in our liver as a point of power for our soul. If we refuse to acknowledge our life lessons we can choose to create disease. Our lungs are the point of power for our physical life. If we are feeling suppressed or controlled physically, by ourself or someone else, we will develop breathing problems. Each of these three important organs are connected to our spirit consciousness, soul mind, and intellect and ego, and they will reflect the control that we are creating from our mind restrictions. This is not a conscious action of our aware mind but it occurs at a subconscious, soul level and an unconscious, spirit level.

Change is a challenge because our beliefs do not honor our power. We have allowed ourself to live from the beliefs of others.

Our fear of assessing and changing beliefs that no longer serve us has allowed us to create a distortion in the energy upon Earth. Many believe in change, seek inner and higher changes of self, and want to explore methods of protecting Earth and the Universe. Others continue to fanatically protect the old beliefs that come from the primitive levels of our soul growth. This protection is the symbol that represents the ego and spirit tug-of-war in the mesocos-mic level of society.

Our physical house can easily be destroyed. But the tree from which our house was built has been created by God and it will regrow. We can destroy our physical body, but we will live again. An understanding of the eternal life within us should give us the energy of hope, faith, and trust, because what God has created will live eternally. We are part of the Creator, we have been created by the intention of the Creator, and we are eternal. We bring the destruction of ourself, our society, and the world upon ourselves to serve as our lessons of change and growth.

Öur ego has withstood a constant bombardment of electromagnetic energy as our spirit tries to inspire our intellect into change and openness.

Our ego has created the cosmic shellaroun ourintellect to give the illusion of the trinity of ourself as the intellect, the ego, and the physical body. As our ego lifestyle of separateness becomes apparent to our intellect, we will begin to open our mind to change and inspiration.

The lifestyle of our dependent intellect is dosed, limited, and complacent as it is controlled by the ego in its cosmic shell. Our intellect lives like a ship in a bottle. No matter how magnificent and beautiful the intellect is it can never sail to far away places because even its imagination is limited by its cosmic shell.

Our ego is the last bastion that separates our intellect and keeps it from discovering the truth about itself and becoming one with our soul and spirit. As we live the major lessons of our soul without changing our conscious awareness, our soul goes deeper and deeper into the abyss of the shadow side of our soul and brings forth our primitive reflections to remind us that change is essential to our health and happiness.

The possibility of fear enters the world. The possibility of separation enters the world. Hiding from God and separation from God represents the ego, instead of being connected with the large Self which knows no fear, and knows no differences, now they identify with the small self, the small ego, the one that perceives differences and they become afraid. It is the ego that experiences fear. in the ego is a fear-based reality because the ego is always subject to harm. Living from the world of the Transcendent is a bliss-filled reality because the Transcendent knows no change.

Fear, as we know it, is the main supporting column of the Ego, and it feeds heavily on the energies of Chaos. Fear imprisons the mind and requires drastic, attention-getting measures to break free from the bars of this mental prison cell.

Consciousness recognizes that the more you learn about your Self, the more you come to understand yourself. For us individuated humans, this crucially means the more you understand about the structure of the entirety of your Self, the more you come to understand your ego-self—and how it operates. Moreover, the wonderful thing about understanding something is that any fear around it dissolves. In the case of your Self, because your ego-self generates fear, understanding how it operates and what causes the fear will give you a better chance of living a life free from it.

The author of fear is the ego, and ego is the mass consciousness, and to control the masses the ego of mass consciousness using massmedia, television and masstechnologies to stay in power and control of the human mind or the matrix.

The mass media provides us with our on-the-surface view of reality. This superficial view reflects the beliefs we currently hold to be true of reality. The news media’s reports tend to focus on events that stimulate our fears—which are generated by our collective core beliefs. As you may have gathered from the media, the prevailing worldview suggests we live in an unsafe universe—echoing a primal fear within our collective psyche, that we are separated from Source. The beliefs of both science and religion predominantly support this view.

Constant fear programming creates an subconsciously desire to belong to the group of mass consciousness and fear is also the component thatopens up the mind-channel for negative mind programming

We have been intoxicated with these media news and dramas of life as social media. These bind us to collective consciousness. These collective consciousness polluted by our collective energy release and affecting the psyche of every one of us. When we are into these fearful thoughts, vibrating negativity, we are forced to feel the collective energy response, whether we like it or not. We feel everything, but may feel difficult to express. But when we free ourselves by detoxifying ourselves, remaining media free, news free, ads free, etc you will free yourself from this matrix.

Then once the authorities were tuned in, they manipulated the mind into controlling the mass through fear and false belief systems. Even today, the authorities control us with fear, obligation, and punishment.

Once the authorities of those days gained mind control over the mass population of the land, the more we, as a human group, separated ourselves from our own spirit, soul, universal divine mind, and body. And today, those in power, even our motivational speakers, now look at the rational mind as the king and the source of what is gained in life. Because of the hypnosis of rile mind, using fear, belief systems, motivational workshops, and intelligence as the foundation, we now

Its all about controlling the ego-perception.

Such control, was never considered as belonging to the Soul. Bodies and feelings, with their intermediate images, were thought of as the Self and were held by thought forms, which crystallized all of life in a rigid way and manifested behaviors that separated the human instruments from each other time and time again. People never learned that the crystallization in which they were held was the controlling form of one thought — the mass consciousness of humankind, from which there was no escape.

Mass consciousness is ruled by the concepts of mass;

Mass society reflects industrial mass production in which people consume the same industrialized products and culture.

Mass society, mass media, mass production, mass distribution, mass consumption, mass-produced and mass-consumed, mass entertainment, mass communication, mass education, mass consciousness, mass psychology, mass hysteria, mass illusion and finally all these parts is the Matrix.

Waking up from the Matrix, breaking the bondage (of) false consciousness (the dreamworld) and wakening up from the illusionary reality, is done when people are shown the true workings of the Matrix-system.

“False consciousness is the result of culturally and economically dominant groups indoctrinate the masses.

The Matrix – is a artificial dreamworld controlled through the art of mass psychology to create mass consciousness, and then the Matrix is a “mind prison” the mass consciousness prevents humans from awakening up from this dreamworld to be able to see through the veil of ignorance and illusions.

The Matrix is a dream world made to cover our eyes with illusions and ignorance.

The meek has inherited the world, because they are born into bondage, living an illusion, asleep and unconscious.

Consciousness is the awareness of being aware of the program.

Both subconscious and conscious ‘five-sense’ mind were subject to the manipulation of this now self-aware ‘entity’ that the Matrix had become. The reason why the Matrix projection needs the energy of fear to empower itself is because it is fear, self-aware fear. These fears keep us locked in the matrix, the morphogenetic grids of our awareness, of our active consciousness. It is also our collective consciousness that induces fears into others.

Morpheus, whose name is taken from the Greek god of dreams, reveals to Neo that the Matrix is “a computer-generated dream-world” , the product of an elaborate computer program.

The solution is that Neo needs to wake up from the dream, just as Gnostics learn that sensory perception in the material realm is not reality.

A neural simulated dream world, the Matrix is a complex engineered reality designed to keep humanity under control. Our engineered world is a psychological construct created by humanity.

The film explores the relationship between two different, but related, worlds. The first is a dream world, where people’s perceived realities are actually projections and illusions. The people in this dream world are unaware that their perceived realities are actually produced by an inhumane system of oppression. The second is the real world; in this world, the state of wanton oppression is revealed, and a group of liberated human rebels, who have rejected illusory human existence, fight the inhumane power hierarchy.

MORPHEUS, “What is the Matrix? – Control! The Matrix is a computer-generated Dream world built to keep us under control, in order to change a human being into a battery of energy. We are the energy source easily renewable and completely recyclable. All they needed to control this mind was something to occupy our mind. And they built a prison out of our past; wired it to our brain and turned us all into slaves.” “The Matrix is everywhere; it’s all around us, here even in this room. You can see it out of your window, or on your television. You feel it when you go to work, or go to church, or pay your taxes. It is the world that has been pulled over your eyes to blind you from the truth.””That you are a slave, Neo. That you, like everyone else, was born into bondage. . . kept inside a prison that you cannot smell, or touch; A prison for your mind. Unfortunately, no one can be told what the Matrix is. You have to see it for yourself.

Finally, Neo realizes that the dreamworld of the Matrix is an artificial place, built by the machines according to rules set to enslave humanity. Neo would lead people out of the illusions of Plato’s cave, the veil of Maya, or the darkness of the world into a higher consciousness. His goal is to “free” the mind from the dreamworld as the false consciousness.

This is evolution of consciousness rising up from the depths of ignorance, superstition and dogma to becom conscious of the fact we are spiritual beings having a human experience.

How to Transcend Mass Consciousness and Become One With the Universe and break free from this sheep-mentality of the majority, that will just and always be representing themselves as they are – self destructive section of humanity. Mass consciousness is created through concept of fear. The collective mass consciousness represents oppression.

What came to mass consciousness first as a symbol of collective apocalyptic fear.
Then fear become the illusionary power for fear of death.
It then continues to include fear of exclusion from the group or mass consciousness
Then it come to include to be accepted by mass consciousness
It then continues to include to have others approval to make – or change the mass consciounsess programming of the human mind
Human then begin to fear to not fit in
Then they start fear to no be something

Fear is low vibrational frequency and it keeps humankind trapped within a one dimension reality that easily can be social enginered, manipulated, conditioned, programmed. This world hiding and conseals its mind control methods within the daily living envoriment, use of technologies, cell towers, radio, television, newsmedia, music, movies, food products, or in the airs through chemtrails and nanotechnology.

The author for all these concepts and belief systems of fears is the ego and mass consciousness. This is how humans from their beginning giving away their inner power to other or to the outer-exsternal forces of the ego. The human ego, mass consciousness, the matrix, the ego-body-identity is not the real identity of humans. It´s hiding the real divine higher self in concepts created by the ego, mass consciousness, the matrix to keep everyone in line and follow what their are programmed to do.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

Mass consciousness is now generating great fear and hysteria, which is causing the physical manifestations of the disease to increase upon your planet.

When we stop giving collective power to this cloud of ignorance and withdraw the authority we have lent to it, it will dissipate without delay.

The expanded in consciousness to the point they leave the belief system of the Mass Consciousness behind.

In the mass consciousness of slaves and drags down the bravest individuals to the level of cowardice of the most cowardly in … When a brave individual struggles to break free from this slave consciousness.

Since the conscious mind is the creature of the senses, it generates its reality through materialization of what appears to be data from its environment

Since the conscious mind is the creature of the senses, it generates its reality through materialization of what appears to be … and in turn to the ganglionic cellular mass at the back of the stomach, known as the solar plexus or abdominal brain.

Control nature inside and you will move as a master out in this universe. You can evoke states of consciousness by applying stimulus to the periphery and again mental states evoke corresponding vibrations in the cellular life of body and brain. The solar plexus is also known as the Abdominal Brain and your brain depends and draws upon this vital centre.

MASS CONSCIOUS AND THE DICTIONARY What is the definition of the term mass conscious? The Dictionary (as other dictionaries) lists such words as mass market, mass products, mass produce, mass number, mass media and mass medium, but does not mention the term mass conscious(ness). What would be our definition of mass conscious?

Density consciousness, the first layer in the Pyramid of Spiritual Awakening below, is the vibrational stratum of mass consciousness, characterized by fear and self-preoccupation. The ego arises to deal with fear and is strengthened by these separation energies. The ego is a product of separation, a refraction of you.

Only your choice of the ego and the mass consciousness stop you from expressing the totality of who you are.

Separated consciousness is rather susceptible to the mass energy of others’ separated energy.

Man’s problem is that of dual vision … recognizing another reality other than the Absolute, besides which there is no other. What we recognize, we materialize. Separation only exists as the illusion platform within the dual mind of form-consciousness. Separation is the ruling principle in the plane of duality . . . that which keeps the pendulum swinging. The apex frequencies can be instructional to the masses, resident in the realm of polar opposites .. . base-consciousness (mass consciousness). At the bottom of the pyramid is where the masses reside in consciousness. This is usually represented on the pyramid as the two extremes of the pole which must be reconciled before our desired estate can come forth. How we perceive, interpret, observe and recognize energy, determines whether or not we reconcile our discordancies.

Mind control (mass consciousness hypnosis). Mass consciousness primarily lives in the Lower Mind, using logic and emotion as primary modes of information/decision. Film and television are undoubtedly the most powerful techniques in the mass technology of mind control.

One of the forces that can stifle your force of will is the illusion of a communal or shared material-plane reality. This illusion is a highly deceptive one, suggesting a perceptual harmony in which large numbers of people believe that they see the same or very similar realities. Perceptual harmony allows a large group consciousness matrix to overtake or overlay your own individual consciousness matrix. While this sounds sublime, lovely and convenient as well, perceptual harmony can have its dark side. Once your own consciousness matrix is fully sucked into a mass consciousness matrix, it loses its ability to effectively determine from outside the mass perception the actual nature of the mass matrix and can no longer decide for itself how the energy of your consciousness gets used. Although this can be a positive development, only clear discernment can detect the right use of one’s will in this engagement with a mass consciousness matrix.

The process of spiritual evolution to become a spiritual master requires us to reverse this by undoing all the mass-consciousness programming. We must get complete control of the subconscious mind and not let it run us; we must totally become the computer programmer of the subconscious mind, or one can let the psychology of the mass consciousness enslave the mind and once the own consciousness matrix is fully sucked into a mass consciousness matrix, it loses its ability to effectively determine from outside the mass perception the actual nature of the mass matrix and can no longer decide for itself how the energy of your consciousness gets used.

THE POWER OF MASS CONSCIOUS Mass conscious is a powerful frequency that manipulates those of a fragile personality, those who fall for shallow advertisement and empty promises, or accept to be made afraid. Mass conscious makes them forget the divine insights they may have gained, which could otherwise lead to benefits for all involved. Mass conscious is likely to be initiated or used by someone or a group, desiring to control the individual or the masses for their own gain, for revenge, or for the enjoyment of undue power or profit. Vain promises or creating urgencies, obligations, negative sensational news, dangers, emergencies, rush and anxieties, even “pandemics,” are some of the means to gain general power, directing mass conscious, and hindering the individual to reach Alpha, the state of increased healing and intelligence.

The establishment of the ego decided the separation between the physical realm of energy systems and the energy of Creation. The ego is the false perception of unconsciousness. The ego distorts the truth of reality. All that is known throughout the mass of collective energy has been created by ego. The mass of collective energy is a phenomenon based on a false reality belief system. The false reality belief system is everything that is known within the context of civilization. The false reality belief system strengthens the development of the ego. The goal of civilization shifted from being an entity that was once interested in following the path of the energy of Creation to now being an entity that only wants to please the ego. The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

Higher Self consciousness is the next evolutionary goal for the present modern day Homo Sapient Man. Becoming More than You Are, Evolving to All You Can Be You’re not Finished! “Becoming more than you are” is not simply a motivational phrase, nor is “Evolving to all you can be” only a statement of possibility—it’s all about what you can do to accelerate your own multi-dimensional evolution. And what you should do! A Complex Multi-Dimensional Being:

The Evolution of Future Consciousness

All evolving human beings of this planet earth for their Conscious Expansion to achieve liberation [Mukti] from the 3 material world bondage’s [Trilokas], during their incarnated human lives of physical plane existence as per the evolutionary plans, are required to always “”consciously contemplate’ upon their ensuing desire mind thoughts,…. rather than immediately acting upon them as “Robots”!!

Becoming More than You Are, Evolving to All You Can Be You’re not Finished! “Becoming more than you are” is not simply a motivational phrase, nor is “Evolving to all you can be” only a statement of possibility—it’s all about what you can do to accelerate your own multi-dimensional evolution. And what you should do! A Complex Multi-Dimensional Being:

The first step is the fundamental need to recognize, and remember, that the human person is a far more complex being than commonly perceived as just the physical body, brain, and the familiar personality. You are more than you think you are—a multi-level being of subtle energy bodies beyond the physical—but your degrees of unawareness limits your abilities to function at greater levels. Mostly, you are asleep at the switch, and have little or no idea of what being even a little more awake would be like.

Reactive Emotionality, or Developed, Balanced, and Reliable: The more we develop our “lower” vehicles (Astral/Emotional and Mental) and perfect natural Psychic powers into reliable skills and dependable abilities, the more accessible become the powers of the “higher” vehicles to develop the Intuitive Mind and other faculties of the Super-consciousness.

A Life of Purpose: Instead of passive acceptance and response to “whatever comes your way,” you can act with understanding of your needs and true desires and plan ahead to live a life of purpose, with growth and development to become all you can be.

The evolutionary path to get the desired goal of liberation, which is finally achieved through the self realization.

For man is purposeful, and the high purpose of his life is to attain to full self-consciousness.

Only when we understand the Immortal Being that we really are, exists the possibility of escaping the fishbowl. And once we discover who we are as divine beings, we will also understand the purpose for our journey in this world of illusion: of duality and time. Playing the Master Game reveals that almost all humans live their lives in a sleeping state from which few will ever escape. Playing the Master Game provides the opportunity for freeing our self from this ‘waking-sleep’ by making us aware that our lower self consciousness is not the highest level of consciousness possible

Only when one is fully self-aware is one truly an individual and truly a candidate for the Higher Evolution.

`Transformation of the Human-Animal’ will clarify what it means to be Awake or asleep and why many modern human-animals still life in a collective herd or group consciousness. That evolving to ever higher states of consciousness is the Divine Plan for all of mankind.

Higher Self consciousness is the next evolutionary goal for the present modern day Homo Sapient Man.The matured Higher Self is known as Cosmic Consciousness, Universal Consciousness or Supra Consciousness (Supermind).

Transformation’ also describes, why and how the New Man must learn to reintegrate back into the old lower self world to which He no longer belongs but must continue to live in. How He must constantly learn to integrate and adapt to the ongoing and shifting biological transformation, which in the beginning stages keep Him in a constant state of turmoil. It explains why the New Man must find a renewed and energizing purpose in order to regain a desire for remaining in His old lower self-conscious world.

Transformational Psychology is a method and the inner power fuels and accelerates our transformation, from the human-animal that we are, to that of a more spiritualized being called the Higher Self. Transformative stages occur when our lower self’s vibrational frequency is slowly purified until it is attuned to the vibrational frequency of the Hiigher Self consciousness.

This Higher Self is the next stage in our spiritual evolutionary growth. It is through an intense self-examination of our psyche that we gain a new and broader understanding of who this lower self conscious human, that we believe ourselves to be, really is. Through an increasing awareness that grows in conjunction with the transformation we also pin knowledge of some of the higher states of consciousness that exist.

Once our physical body has adjusted itself to higher vibrational frequencies we can then have access to die raise frequency realms that our body can tolerate and sustain itself in; at least for short durations. Through our widening understanding we learn what actions are necessary in order to transcend our lower self consciousness—a consciousness that presendy keeps us confined within a fishbowl of darkness and ignorance.

This fishbowl is a world in which we have only a dim awareness and where our reality is that of a somnambulistic and robotic being.

The state of fear is state of existence and not life, because we do not know what it means to be fully alive and living to the fullest of our capabilities. In order for us to understand this world and the other beings who live in it with us, we must first be able to understand our self: who we are, why we arc, where we came from and where we are going.

Only when we understand the Immortal Being that we really are, exists the possibility of escaping the fishbowl. And once we discover who we are as divine beings, we will also understand the purpose for our journey in this world of illusion: of duality and time.

Then the desire to free our self from our confinement in the fishbowl begins to grow into a hunger that cannot be denied.This powerful desire for freedom will stir us into taking whatever actions are necessary to make possible our escape from the dark limitations of our present sleeping state.

There it only one way to escape from the fishbowl and that is by transcending our lower self consciousness by our meumorphosis into a higher state of consciousness. Once our awareness has been broadened by experiencing a higher state of consciousness. we come to recognize that this lower self conscious person who we believed ourselves to be. is not who we are!

And, that there are worlds beyond the fishbowl; worlds that hold more reality and more meaning then we could ever have imagined. We embark on our journey of discovery and transformation in order to awaken and to become aware of the magnificence of our potential. It is only through our awakening that we become aware of the Glory that is us-in-the-making!

Before we awaken, we have no idea that we are more than our personality and the roles that we are “playing” on the stage of this life. We do not recognize that we are an unfinished being in-the-making. We do not know that we have the potential to become an autonomous Immortal mortal Being of Light and Love. Nor do we know that the transformation needed to make this possible can only be done while in a physical body within this realm of duality.

This is why our life here in this world is so important. Most of us move up the ladder of Consciousness automatically and unknowingly. a process spanning countless centuries and innumerable life tines.

All of us have the potential to move up the ladder of Consciousness at an accelerated pace but of those who know this, few choose to do so. The fear of the unknown, the fear of change and the fear of personal repercussions from those we know and from society at large, keep most of us rooted within our comfort-zones, even if our existence is meaningless. full of misery and strife.

However, our spiritual evolution can be accelerated through the methods used and practiced by Transformational Psychology. Spiritual growth and the attainment of a Higher Consciousness and more awareness can be accomplished in a much shorter period. However, this can only occur if our personality willingly participates in the destruction of its old physical, emotional and intellectual programming.

We have to conquer our fear of venturing into our inner world in order to discover and examine the many false selves that lurk within us. We are all a house divided, because there is no Master present. We are all a conglomerate of many selves, all competing for being ‘top dog’ and running the show! It is only after surrendering all that we thought we were, that we will be able to realize who we actually are.

We must surrender our ego and our will and follow the call of our Higher Self but this can only happen once we discover who the Master of our House is. And. in order to find and solidify the Master, we must first discover which one of our selves is actually our authentic self. During our stay in this material world we are composed of three separate components: a lower self, a Higher Self and the immortal nortal spark of the Divine. It is this immortal spark of the Divine within us that ‘lives’ us.

This Divine spark is our Essence—our Immortality. It is this Essence spark that enters and resides in each new life that we conic to dwell in. We arc a living spark of Divinity that belongs to our Soul; to which we return after each lifetime in another realm. The lower self conscious Homo sapiens human-animal that we are, is only an actor on the stage of a temporary and illusory life.

We are only mortal personalities composed of an ego and a mind in a physical body. Our lower self personality is totally oblivious to anything outside of the fishbowl existence.This lower being that we are is enslaved by the human-animal body, which is under the control of the law of Mother Nature.

Therefore, we ale motivated by and mechanically follow the body´s animal traits and instincts. Until we awaken from this animalistic state we will remain confined and bound to our sleeping fishbowl existence.

Our Higher Self knows us better than we know our self, for our Higher Self is closer to us than we are to our own Beingness. Some intuitively call the lfigher Self their guardian angel—and they are right. it is! We are unaware of our Higher Self until our awareness becomes connected and tuned in to ‘Its vibrations.

Only then do we sense It as a living and intimate presence that is above and beyond our personality level. And then we understand that we are always connected, because we are an integral part of this Higher Self. It is only when we lose awareness of our Higher Self that we feel aimless and alone; when in actuality we are never disconnected from our Higher Self. Our Higher Self is always with us, watches over us and heart and responds to our every call that we send out.

Our Higher Self is the bridge that connects us to our mortality and immortality, for It has access to both the lower self realm and the transcendent realm of our Soul.Our Higher Self is in pursuit of acquiring more growth of essence. This it does through the physical senses of its intermediary. which is the personality. When we. the lower self personality. become connected and aware of our Higher Self. only then is it possible for the personality to actively participate in the acceleration of the transformation process.

We all need to find a game worth playing; for without an aim-game that makes us feel like getting nut of bed each morning with purpose and enthusiasm. we cannot have a creative or useful life. Without a pine worth playing we cannot experience an authentic life—only a meaningless, bleak and robotic existence.T

his is a life of accidie; a life utter boredom, flat, joyless and without any hope that there will conic a changed and brighter tomorrow.This is the only type of life that billions of our fellow human beings ever experience. Everyone, knowingly or unknowingly plays a game.

Most of us from the time of our birth have been cast into a particular game; a game that contains the aims for our life.The majority of us never feel a need to stop and examine our life because we do not recognize that we are role-playing within a particular game.

We believe that the roles we act out are actually who we are. But all our roles are only make-believe masks belonging to our personality. It is only when we no longer find any meaning in our life or we are overcome with suffering or feel a persistent yearning for ‘a something’ that we cannot define, that we pause and question what our life is all about. It is this pause. this suspension in dine, which gives us the opportunity for changing the direction of our life.

We can either alter our old game or choose an entirely new game to play. But, only after having fully awakened to our fishbowl existence arc we able to wisely choose a new game to play. And the game we choose defines the aim of our aspirations and spiritual maturity. Most may not think it necessary or even possible to change their present life-game; but any game, once we realize it’s only a game, can be altered for the better.

This is what Transformational Psychology is able to do.Through an intense and truthful examination of our inner self, we can uncover the illusions and falsehoods we harbour that keep us from leading a more productive and happier life. As we become more aware of who and why we are, we see the people in our life from a higher and more insightful perspective.

Through our continual transformation, a wider awareness and a more receptive understanding will develop. We will discover a new meaning in all that we do and this will greatly increase the quality of our daily life.

As we spiritually mature we develop a more positive and discerning outlook. We become more sensitive to our actions and words when we interact and co llllll unicate with others. We are able to accept more easily what we cannot change and be more daring in changing what we can.

There are two types of games: Meta games and object games. Object games are played strictly for acquiring the things of this world: wealth, fame, power and control over others. For many, life’s aim is simply to squeeze as much out of this material life by acquiring and consu g at much at possible.

Some of the more common games that people play are: the misery and suffering game, the wealth game. the fame and prestige game and the glory and power gante.The most co llllll on oral’ is the householder game: to eat and be merry. to procreate and raise a family. this is the aim for the majority of people.

Object games come instinctively to human beings and therefore require little effort to play. Then there are those who have no aim-game at all. It is better to play any game than to have no game at all. for without a pme, there is no aim and no direction to one’s life.

Aimlessness can only lead to misery and spiritual regression and the waste of one’s precious lifetime in the body. Meta games are played for experiencing altered realities, for spiritual enlightenment, acquiring knowledge. creating artistic works and deliverance from bondage to the darkness and ignorance of our fishbowl existence.’ he most difficult of all the Meta games to play is the Master Game*.

This game is played by few, for it demands all that a person has to give. It is played mainly within one’s inner world. It is played to sprout the seeds of all our highest potentials. To uncover all the powers that are normally hidden and locked up within our psyche and our physical body.

Playing the Master Game reveals that almost all humans live their lives in a sleeping state from which few will ever escape. Playing the Master Game provides the opportunity for freeing our self from this ‘waking-sleep’ by making us aware that our lower self consciousness is not the highest level of consciousness possible.

By playing the Master Came. it becomes possible to get a caste of various states of altered consciousness. including that of our Higher Self. And when we are transported for a moment out of our normal waking-sleep, we get for the first time a taste of freedom. The Higher Self consciousness awareness is a realm of complete objectivity. for in that condition we exist in a state of complete detachment.

Yet included within this gate of detachment are blended in the elements of Total Satisfaction and Fullness. In this super-aware state. we are for the first titre in harmonious balance, experiencing and feeling ourTrue Self. Through the method and practice of Transformational Psychology our life can be transformed. thereby accelerating our spiritual growth.

Self-awareness develops through an intense in-depth exploration and examination of our psyche. This inner self includes not only our personality but also our Essence.This Essence is our immortal mortal Beingnets. It is the core of who we actually are. This it the immortal core that migrates with us from one life-time to another.

A method used to achieve more self-awareness is learning how to direct all our attention not only to the outer actions occurring around us. but at the same time. directing our awareness to the movements within our inner self. Through this balanced two-way attention our Watcher is activated. This Watcher is an objective, detached Observer who simply views all actions. emotions. thoughts and responses of our personality without making judgments. Our Watcher is also aware of the motivations behind all that we do and say.

This Objective Observer, this Watcher. is our Higher Self. Growth of sell-awareness is acquired by a constant observation of our thoughts and actions. It takes time and practice to develop this delicately held two-way awareness. mainly because of our easily distracted and fluctuating mind. Rapid movements and actions and the noise of outer activities surrounding us pull us magnetically outwardand plunge us back into our lower awareness.

Within a nanosecond our dual awareness is extinguished. Through this nvo-way self-awarenett we also become keenly alert to the actions of our ego and its ‘hidden motives and agendas. This two-way awareness places us outside of the ego and therefore we are able to observe it as an objective observer.

This finely tuned dual awareness attracts the Light of our Higher Self. which will penetrate deep into all the dark corners of our ignorance, revealing all our egoistic desires animal traits and illusions.

Only after the root causes of our imperfections have been revealed can we analyze the basis for their existence. Through this cleansing process of our psyche–our emotions/intellect and physical body—we begin to transcend our lower consciousness by moving ever further into the consciousness of our Higher Self.

This purification is accelerated each ‘ we make the choice to opt for Higher Self value instead of a lower self one. Whenever we choose a Higher Self value and reject the lower animal trait valu especially when aware that this will create difficulties for us. we decrease the power of our ego-driven personality and speed up our transformation.

In order to advance on our journey we must have the heart and determination of a warrior, for the struggle to overcome Mother Natures’ spell is a long and difficult one.

It will be a fierce battle and in order to succeed, we must be spiritual warriors with a strong aspiration to free ourselves from our animal heritage. She will fight us by activating and bringing to the surface all the influences of our animal instincts and traits that are as yet lodged in our physical body and our psyche.

Through the practice of Transformational Psychology we embark on a new path, a vertical path that takes us higher up the ladder of evolution into the transcendent realms. Moving vertically, we will begin to disconnect from the horizontal path of time, duality and matter that is the producer and sustainer of our lower self consciousness. This vertical course is the beginning of the acceleration of our transformation out of the Human-Animal consciousness into that of our Higher Self consciousness.

Through the gradual disintegration of our lower self consciousness, the connection with our Higher Self will deepen until we experience a rebirth into a new and higher state of consciousness. This Higher Self conscious state is programmed to be the next step in our spiritual evolution—a transmutation into a new species called Cosmic Man.

We will be transformed from being slaves to the laws of our ego, mind and programmed personalities of our fishbowl reality, into new beings who are inner directed by the guidance and calls of our Higher Self.

It will be from the purity of our inner life where our aims, aspirations and actions originate and not from our robotic, egoistic outer self personalities. It is not ‘up there’ in the transcendent realms that our transformation is to be accomplished but right here in this physical body. But in order to transform, we must listen and surrender to the promptings and calls of our Higher Self. Only then will our Higher Self send us the circumstances that we need in order to keep us moving on the Path to our eventual Glory.

After birth into Self-Realization we do not automatically become a perfect Being. We are now glaringly Aware of our own ignorance and imperfections. We can no longer escape our defects by ignoring or hiding from our motives. We are now noticing the disparity between our intentions and our actions.

With this new birth has also come a heightened sensitivity, making us more susceptible to pain and suffering. Fortunately, we have also acquired a deeper depth of endurance and faster recuperative powers, which shorten emotional and mental distress. We must find and walk the middle path between the old man and the New Man, charting a new course ofAwareness and balance between the two—the one, who is being left behind, and the New One, who we are being absorbed into. Gaps occur between the two worlds, when each one is distinctly felt and in conflict with the other; but mostly there are varying degrees of over-lapping.

Each step out of the old is taking one step further into the New Retreat back into the old is no longer an option. Our roots are now embedded within the New Consciousness. To acquire ever more freedom from the old world of duality, we must continue to make ever deeper inroads into the New and this is done by bringing the Higher Consciousness down into the coarser vibrations of the lours self.

Through this meeting and merging the finer vibrations will absorb and transmute the lower. heavier ones. This transformation can only occur within the realm of the lower self. To prevent the lower self front being obliterated or incurring damage to the physical body, the transmutation must proceed at a slow and steady pace. For a permanent change in consciousness to occur. the lower nun must actively—and in full Awareness—participate in his transformation. 1t must bring the Higher Consciousness into his daily life.

The New Values must be lived in order to deepen into maturity.There are stages, stepping-stones that have to be touched and crossed. Periods for fermentation, a ‘Isnot] and adjustment for the construction of a new cohesive State of Being are needed. The physical body is the medium through which the lower self makes its transformation. A new physiology is required for residing in the Realm of Cosmic Consciousness.

The dense cellular structure of the matter-bound body of the old man acts as a barrier between the old and the New.The old body must be cleansed of its denseness and new circuits opened and established so that it can sustain the finer frequency vibrations of the Higher Realm.

Only after the old physiology has been completely transformed does it become possible to ‘slip over’ for permanent existence within Cosmic Consciousness. Till this transformation is complete, each entry into Cosmic Consciousness takes a toll on the physical body. When we return from there, the body feels drained of energy; a lassitude is felt and normally it will take a few hours to recover.

This is why, in the beginning, a lengthy stay is not possible; the body needs to attune itself in stages. The oscillating states that occur between the two worlds provide the opportunity for this adjustment.

While having our Awareness in Cosmic Consciousness we arc unaware of the physical body. It moves and functions under its own volition. This disconnection poses a threat to the safety of the body because we are now unaware of its needs and most dangerous of all—we don’t care!

We are now living in Total-Perfection-And-Satisfaction. Fear and desire do not exist. We glide in an Ocean-Of-Invulnerability in which Acceptance and Surrender are integral elements. Another danger for the lower nun is that Cosmic Consciousness tips him of the personality-ego: it hones and bares him down to his Essence. This leaves hint open and vulnerable. He must not allow himself to be swept away and be obliterated by the Transcendent Bliss nor become addicted to Its sire” call of sensuousness.

If he is to attain to being an autonomous and self directed Being, he matt keep a firm hold on his Am-Ness. He remain in full Awareness of his Selfhood. Just like two lovers who feel as one, yet, at the same time, both remain Aware of their individuality. Intuition is the language of the New Man and it is the transitional language, the bridge between thinking and Direct Knowing. Direct Knowing is the matured language of Cosmic Man. Cogitation will no longer be needed and it will drop away.

This Direct Knowing is the Stillness-Of-Pure-Awareness. This Pure-Consciousness is our real Immortal-Beingness. The New Man is only a transitional Beingness. He is the last and Highest Form of Man existing in a gross physical body within the realm of mind and matter.The Realm of Cosmic Consciousness is the bridge between the world of matter and the Transfinite Beyond. Even Connie Man, when His evolutionary moment arrives, will continue on—on the Great Journey into the All of the All.

Transformation will come to all. It will come whenever our ripeness reaches its peak. We are all One—we are all on the same Great Journey—we all breathe the same breath and our Hearts throb with the same Heartbeat. We are all longing to reunite with our Completeness.

All steps led towards one great purpose—to leap out of bondage and leap into Freedom. Our life on this Earth is a journey of exploration—a journey into the unknown of our Self, where we rediscover that we are a Spark-Of-The-One, a wave within The-Great-Ocean-of-Beingness.

Fear had a much different purpose before. It actually was created as a function, not a state of being. This state of fear is been controlled by the ego. . The very moment we create any illusory thought of separation from God, we then, at that moment, create a dichotomy, and this is been controlled by the ego. The ego is also the vel of ignorance. And the ego has become the god of this world. “The goal of gnostic striving is the release of the “inner man” from the bonds of the world and his return to his native realm of light.” “Man must finish the work which Nature has left incomplete,” said the Alchemists, and transform the leaden consciouness into gold consciousness of enlighment.

The Book of Genesis, the Garden of Eden is actually a metaphor for the Supernal Triangle, or Divine Consciousness. The Creation of Adam and Eve is the creation of Duality. When Adam and Eve were expelled from the Garden of Eden, it is a symbolic depiction of Man’s falling from Divine consciousness into the Ego consciousness, the mind of Duality, where we are separated from the eternal bliss of the Unity of God.

To return to the Garden of Eden they must destroy their individuality, their Ego, their sense of self. Duality must be eliminated; all consciousness of polar opposites must be gone. Only then can one Cross the Abyss back to the Supernal Triangle, the Garden of Eden, and become One with God again.

The state of ego-duality can´t exist in a state of Oneness, so the ego can´t eixst in higher levels of consciousness.

We have left behind the Heaven reality, simply because we have created this altered-ego mentality. The result of this unconscious action has always been, and continues to be, that we fail to embrace the Kingdom.

As we have stated, this “forgetting” of our Truth, was with divine purpose. That purpose was so that God, through each and every piece of himself, could “experience” the all knowing of himself. This being in multitudes of new, different, and unique ways for the expansion of the Universal mind of God. So, with the creation of this “forgetfulness”, we embarked on the true purpose of our being in this experience. That purpose, has always been for the Soul, (God within), to embrace the fullness of that all knowing, and re-member, or mentally re-connect with the Whole of the One.

This is the purpose for the manifestation of our experiences. In essence, the experience of God, re-membering God, through each and every piece of God. This, in and of itself, has been our divine “process” of life through these created experiences. A divine process indeed. In our journey, through the strength and depth of this collective creation, we have manifested our experiences with great power. So great, and so deep, that we have allowed ourselves to get “lost” within it’s very constructs. This happened when the fear of the separation that we perceived from the One, became so great, that it lead us into a survival mode, if you will.

That is to say that we became so entrenched in the thought of survival, we began to forget our core truth. The reality that our oneness with Source, makes us the very creators of this illusory process that we mistake for life itself. We, through the illusions, and the consequences of those illusions, started the process of “believing”. We started to believe, falsely believe, that we are the sum of our own outer creations. That what we consist of, is limited to a mind and a body.

A mind that thinks the thoughts, and a body that carries out those thoughts and bodily functions. That we are just this vehicle that carries us through this “mode” of surviving. So, what this altered-ego would have us to forget most of all, is the truest aspect of ourselves. The soul that is the God within us. This soul is what Jesus was speaking of when he said that the Kingdom is within you. This is what lead to the thought of separateness from that which we are. It is important to note here that we All have egos.

It is what we would consider to be our unique, or personality aspect self. However, this very thought of separation, or dividedness, is what led to the ego being altered to begin with. We, through our “forgetting”, have only attempted to convince ourselves, that the truest part of ourselves, resides somewhere “outside” of ourselves. Now, we have seen that the birth of this false sense of self that we call the altered-ego, was the beginning of the illusion of what is perceived as separation or division. It is our intention, through these writings, to reveal that what we perceive to be negative, painful, or indifferent in any form, are all the direct result of the belief in these altered-ego manifestations.

That is to say, that we believe in, or latch onto what the altered-ego has produced, in order to sustain itself. We do this, instead of embracing the True Creative Essence, and reflecting it’s reality.

The truth is, that our connection to God can never be severed. The very moment we create any illusory thought of separation from God, we then, at that moment, create a dichotomy. A dichotomy is: division into two, usually contradictory parts or opinions, such as; good or bad, right or wrong, strong or weak, pretty or ugly, black or white, superior or inferior. The result of this formulation is that we remove the way of God from the given scenario. Which is to say, that we have attempted to take One and make it two.

The Archons created two worlds out of one, and this world is ruled by an artificial intelligence of the ego, this is also the matrix or the mind prison. The ego´s purpose is to control the state of duality, so no one can leave this three dimensional reality, the matrix or the mind prison and progress to fifth dimension.

Its much easier to stay in the three dimensional reality and accept all the concepts of ego and duality as real.

All of what we humans experience is a direct result of our minds or mentality. That is to say, the thoughts that we manifest and bring forth are the very creators of what we experience. Since our minds are unconsciously filtered through the false sense of self, many of the resulting creations are what we deem to be “negative”.

The most common of these negative states are the illusions of fear, disease, and death. All of which the falsely trained mind has led us to perceive to be very real or solid states. When the truth is expressed through the mind/mentality, then we see these false states for exactly what they are. False states. As it is said, what we resist persists, and what we look at through the eyes of Truth disappears. What we resist, we create more of.

Our mental focus being on the resistance, inevitably will bring forth, or create more of what we are focusing on. When we see through the eyes of Truth, we see the reality of what we are creating. We then see the illusions for what they truly are… illusions, and thus, they cease to be. This, because we now can make the conscious choice to stop the creation of it.

The false state of fear, through the misaligned mind, will create, experience by experience, an inevitable mental confrontation with the Light of Truth. Once at that place, the Light of Truth will only transform the Fear back to it’s original state, which is that Oneness, that alignment with All things, which is the Light itself.

With this being said, we can now understand why Fear can only bring us to the door of understanding, but not carry us through. In our most primitive form of our “human” creation, Fear had a much different purpose. It actually was created as a function, not a state of being.

With this being said, we can now understand why Fear can only bring us to the door of understanding, but not carry us through. In our most primitive form of our “human” creation, Fear had a much different purpose. It actually was created as a function, not a state of being.

Our most primal fear was created for the purpose of “fight or flight”. To this day, it still indeed serves us in that purpose. It can detour us, or stop us in a moment of danger. For example, if I am walking close to the edge of a cliff, what is it that stops me from getting to close to the edge, or even walking over it? Fear serves us to keep the body safe and in tact. If we destroy it, as many of us continually do, whether in a moment, or slowly over time, then the soul must move into another vessel in which to experience this human physicality.

The unfortunate reality of moving into a new vessel however, is that the new vessel does not accept the memories of the previous form. This, with the exception of momentary remembrances. These, we have in our dream state or in other instances that we have come to refer to as deja vu.

So, indeed, for the protection and continuation of the physical self, the creation of fear serves us well. The “problem” if you will, with the state of Fear, is that we have continually chosen to utilize it beyond this most primal function. We have used it, to the extremes of our mentalities, to confirm our greatest doubts.

Our Fear is only a misalignment with our inherent knowing of our God Consciousness, and we cannot have true faith in the Truth of God when our fear only confirms doubt. What is it that we are doubting? If All is God, is it this fact that we are doubting? Does God Fear God? Again, if All is God, what exactly is it that we are fearing?

The creation of fear that we all experience, will always be felt because of the false sense of loss. This combined with the threat of losing that which we deem as valuable and dear to our hearts. The cause for this emotional distress, is due to the multitude of “loss-producing-thoughts” occurring in our minds. It also has to do with the mental perception we use concerning what these valuable items, (people, places, and things), mean to us. We deem these things to be, what makes us a visible being within Creation. Without them, we think that our magnitude of “being” is either diminished or non-existent. In essence, we think that these things of our perceived outer world, are the holders of our identification.

Many of the establishments of power that we have come to know, have gained their power through the promotion of fear. The reality is that we have willingly given to them our own power, as the result of our embracement of fear. They have convinced us of this false sense of our own identification, and we have more than willingly obliged them.

We give them the freedom to manipulate our minds into believing that without their guidance, we will lose the opportunity, individually, to have a successful life. That without our formulations of government, education, and forms of religion, etc., we will only create for ourselves harsh consequences of failure.

Consequences that they would have us believe could not be avoided or endured individually. This being necessary for them to maintain this control for our best interests. With a bit of inner common sense investigation, you will come to understand the reason why most of our “power structures” have become so good at what it is they do. It is because they themselves are in a constant state of fear. The question we should be asking ourselves at this point of awareness is, why are we giving our power away to these “entities of control”, when they are not the sovereign saving gods we think them to be?

And why is it that we have had such a high level of faith in these “outwardly” constructed entities to begin with?”

The reason is that they know that as long as we can remain oblivious to our divine nature, they can continue to feed off of our energy. This being primarily for the benefit of a few. This is an obvious indicator that their own personal perception of themselves is of a powerless one.

This power structure pulls energy from those of us oblivious to the fact that we are relinquishing.

These all promote a sense of need that only serves to intensify the fear of incompleteness. Positioning us for directional placement within these systems. These forms of enslaving systems promote a false sense within us that we must somehow work to obtain our inherent wholeness. This is how the governments govern their people, instead of serving them. Keeping us loyal to their selfish cause.

We are lead to believe that these actions are for God. So that we will “believe” that they are actually the desires of God. The reality is that they are actually for the benefit of themselves. These are people who have become lost in their titles and their ability to attain attention from the masses. This in turn has caused the ego part of themselves to become falsely inflated. Now, having completely immersed themselves within it, that is, it’s alteration, they are completely driven by this false force. This is the very process, as we have described, that takes the True form of ego away from its True purpose. One of the main factors that pulls them away from their reason for taking on this position, is the collection of money. This action should have been to serve the whole, but has only served to be one of our all time greatest vices.

Fear has become the dominate energy projected through the mass consciousness, and fear is the primary momentum creating events on the global stage. The Golden Age will unfold naturally as the mass consciousness shifts from fear-based into love and trust-based ascendancy.

When people are truly in tune with their hearts there will be a paradigm shift in mass consciousness. The collective heart will be activated and it will influence reality. At present collective fear, pulsating and active, is weaving the tapestry of reality. The personal fears of individuals on both sides of the fence, across borders, feed the collective fear.

The rise in consciousness of one individual has a direct effect on the mass consciousness of humanity, thus causing a chain reaction that positively alters the fate of the world.

As we expand our awareness within the three-dimensional world of space (length, breadth, depth) and time (past, present, future), we start to appreciate the tapestry of life in which we live. We reconnect to higher vibrations that wind though and around the linear life, characterized by cycles or patterns which naturally repeat themselves and are reflected in the cycles of the body and the seasons of nature.

It’s critical for our wellbeing and our path to the Living Light Body to understand and recognize the aspects of the third-dimensional box that we have been living in. Duality, reactionary present-time and the rational mind are all intricately woven into the fabric of the third-dimensional matrix. By becoming aware of these underlying templates upon which the third dimension operates, you begin to have the choice to step out of it. You can reconstruct and remember a significant part of yourself, thereby becoming free to move beyond the limits of the third dimension and experience the possibilities of the fourth dimension, the fifth and beyond. Multidimensionality can be available to you.

The goal of gnostic striving is the release of the “inner man” from the bonds of the world and his return to his native realm of light. “Man must finish the work which Nature has left incomplete,” said the Alchemists; which means that we have to live our life in such a way as to blend (the “sacred marriage” of Alchemy) the consciousness of our outer self with the consciousness of our inner self and create a consciousness of one harmonious self. The two strands are not mutually exclusive; turning lead into gold, or creating the philosopher’s stone (which bestows eternal life), may also be seen as metaphors for spiritual, as well as physical, transformation. Many alchemists believed that personal transformation and spiritual purity were required before the physical processes would be successful.

Man, the main object of these vast dispositions, is composed of flesh, soul, and spirit. But reduced to ultimate principles, his origin is twofold: mundane and extra-mundane. Not only the body but also the “soul” is a product of the cosmic powers, which shaped the body in the image of the divine Primal (or Archetypal) Man and animated it with their own psychical forces: these are the appetites and passions of natural man, each of which stems from and corre-sponds to one of the cosmic spheres and all of which together make up the astral soul of man, his “psyche!’

Through his body and his soul man is a part of the world and subjected to the heimarmene. Enclosed in the soul is the spirit, or “pneuma” (called also the “spark”), a portion of the divine substance from beyond which has fallen into the world; and the Archons created man for the express purpose of keeping it captive there.

Thus, as in the macrocosm man is enclosed by the seven spheres, so in the human microcosm again the pneuma is enclosed by the seven soul-vestments originating from them. In its unredeemed state the pneuma thus immersed in soul and flesh is unconscious of itself, benumbed, asleep, or intoxicated by the poison of the world: in brief, it is “ignorant.” Its awakening and liberation is effected through “knowledge.”

“The goal of gnostic striving is the release of the “inner man” from the bonds of the world and his return to his native realm of light.”

The radical nature of the dualism determines that of the doctrine of salvation. As alien as the transcendent God is to “this world” is the pneumatic self in the midst of it. The goal of gnostic striving is the release of the “inner man” from the bonds of the world and his return to his native realm of light. The necessary condition for this is that he knows about the transinundane God and about himself, that is, about his divine origin as well as his present situation, and accordingly also about the nature of the world which determines this situation.

“What liberates is the knowledge of who we were, what we became; where we were, whereinto we have been thrown; whereto we speed, wherefrom we are redeemed; what birth is, and what rebirth.”

This knowledge, however, is withheld from him by his very situation, since “ignorance” is the essence of mundane existence, just as it was the principle of the world’s coming into existence. In particular, the transcendent God is unknown in the world and cannot be discovered from it; therefore revelation is needed.

The necessity for it is grounded in the nature of the cosmic situation; and its occurrence alters this situation in its decisive respect, that of “ignorance,” and is thus itself already a part of salvation. Its bearer is a messenger from the world of light who penetrates the barriers of the spheres, outwits the Archons, awakens the spirit from its earthly slumber, and imparts to it the saving knowledge “from without.”

The mission of this transcendent savior begins even before the creation of the world (since the fall of the divine element preceded the creation) and runs parallel to its history. The knowl-edge thus revealed, even though called simply “the knowledge of God,” comprises the whole content of the gnostic myth, with everything it has to teach about God, man, and world; that is, it contains the elements of a theoretical system.

On the practical side, however, it is more particularly “knowledge of the way,” namely, of the soul’s way out of the world, comprising the sacramental and magical preparations for its future ascent and the secret names and formulas that force the passage through each sphere. Equipped with this gnosis, the soul after death travels upwards, leaving behind at each sphere the psychical “vestment” contributed by it: thus the spirit stripped of all foreign accretions reaches the God beyond the world and becomes reunited with the divine substance.

On the scale of the total divine drama, this process is part of the restoration of the deity’s own wholeness, which in pre-cosmic times has become impaired by the loss of portions of the divine substance. It is through these alone that the deity became involved in the destiny of the world, and it is to retrieve them that its messenger intervenes in cosmic history. With the completion of this process of gathering in (according to some systems), the cosmos, deprived of its elements of light, will come to an end.

“Man must finish the work which Nature has left incomplete,” said the Alchemists

The pearl of great price is the individuated consciousness of our divine self; but to realize our divine self we have to become our divine self with relentless conscious effort, which is what makes it so difficult to realize. “Man must finish the work which Nature has left incomplete,” said the Alchemists; which means that we have to live our life in such a way as to blend (the “sacred marriage” of Alchemy) the consciousness of our outer self with the consciousness of our inner self and create a consciousness of one harmonious self.

Many people are already engaged in this work as we work to heal the wounds in our lives and in our society. The alchemists found that the Philosopher’s Stone, the divine essence within each person, was born of the chaos of the prima materia. This prima materia had to be distilled, and burnt to ashes, and separated and worked, until it yielded up two essences, which were symbolic of the King and the Queen, Sol and Luna, the Masculine and the Feminine, Yang and Yin. It was only after the separation and discrimination of the elements that a new union was possible. This was achieved in the hieros gamos, or sacred marriage, which produced the Philosopher’s Stone, or in Jung’s terminology, the Self.

We understand the Macrocosm to be the entire warp and woof of creation, known and unknown, visible and invisible. We understand the microcosm to be man himself—the epitome of the creation confined within a framework of individuality. Each microcosmic world is a cell in the Macrocosm, a crystal fragment of the Greater Crystal, reflecting a portion of His glory.

The key to infinity is won through the mastery of the lesser self (the microcosm) by the power of the Greater Self (the Macrocosm). Through man’s correct use of the sacred gifts of Life, including free will, his consciousness in the microcosm can identify with the fullness of God’s consciousness in the Macrocosm. But first, it is essential that he learn how to make the contact, how to establish and maintain his relationship with the Superconscious Ego. The figure-eight pattern is used to illustrate the principle of exchange between the Macrocosmic world Above and the microcosmic world below.

At the nexus, the point where the lines in the figure eight cross, the virtues of the Greater Reality of oneself, of the Superconscious Ego, flow downward into the microcosm, and the aspirations of the lesser reality of oneself, of the ego, flow upward into the Macrocosm.

This exchange is accomplished through the consciousness of the Christ, the Super Ego, who, positioned in the center of the cross, is the agent of the alchemical transformation that takes place between the energies of God and man.

The path of liberation is rooted in the genuine attitude of renunciation, while the four mind-changings are the method that engenders this attitude. The path of the Great Vehicle is rooted in the precious mind of awakening, while the four immeasurables are the method that engenders this mindset.

The power of obstruction and discovery of new potential are related to the journey from known to unknown. The known is on obstruction which should be crossed over to reach realm of unknown. This energy is also regarded as illusion to be transient position Every illusion has underlying light of consciousness darkness of ignorance prevent from seeing basic reality.

“Be still and know that I am God”. This Divine force which enables you to tap the power of stillness also divest you from all confusing transitory identification. This stillness destroys negativity. It has a power to stop the functionary of the mind. Infact, destroys false mind construction and the stillness of speech thought and prana is one of the way of transcending known. It is the power of attraction to centre of stillness. It confers mystery all inner energies to go beyond influence is to become unidentified. This is a process of observation whether we are disturbed or at peace. Mind remains as an observer. We are no longer hypnotised by externals but there is an inner spell of hypnotic influence towards core of our being.

It is a power of metamorphosis of sorrow into hidden joy. Of death into the life of failure into success, and of speech into silence. Creation dissolve back into a created absolute. The third eye and heart Chakara are primary centres of this power. The radiance of knowledge, a bright clinching energy sweeps away negative speech patterns. Stillness is the meditation posture arrest the movement of prana and one gets ability to stop the energy at will and attention and will is focused at the self from the externals. Self-awareness remains steady. One becomes rooted and still in the heart.

Meditations activate your higher Chakras and expand your light quotient. A person’s vibration or frequency level is indicative of their inner light capacity. The lower your vibration or frequency the less light capacity you can hold in your system. The higher vibration levels allow you to expand your inner circuitry to receive the higher capacity electrons, which expand your inner light quotient.

This creates awareness of you as a Spiritual being and expands your limited beliefs, releasing your stuck pain, suppressed emotions and stress, empowering your thought process, overcoming fearful issues like worry, and anxiety. By expanding your heart this new energy fills you with greater flow of Love and compassion to gain more confidence, self control, focus and direction which opens up your Spiritual body: Aura, the Chakras, and higher energy channels. You then can develop clarity of vision for your Life path with greater creativity using the creative GOD force, giving you a more open and direct relationship to your higher GOD source.

Through our inner awakening we receive the answers and begin to teach, and help others directly opens up the processes that raises consciousness to higher levels which allows higher dimensional frequencies to assemble into their DNA.

This journey to self-awareness and the Soul awakening requires that your intentions are in line with what your life’s purpose is. You must expand you existing Spiritual beliefs with a deeper hunger to perseverance to know the Universal Truth. You must open your mind to receive teachings and healings from the heart without interference from the Ego-Mind.

As you become more aware you leant to let go of your negative ego your wealth, status, job title, these are all illusions. It’s NOT YOU. You open up and are able to bring more Love in your system. This sometimes creates humility which provides a higher perspective to life. This is understanding your Self as a being of energy existing with multiple subtle body layers, and that you create with your thought forms and feelings.

Positive thought forms create positive energies and negative thought forms create blockages in your system. Clearing all blockages from all your subtle bodies opens you up to the higher frequency energies. The higher frequency energies speed up your development. Expanding your pillar of Light.

Once you open up your sacred Spiritual heart you allow yourself to open up to the pure love GOD consciousness energy and develop your direct connection to the GOD source. As you expand your awareness you activate your higher DNA strands.

Develop your life to this 5th Dimensional Plane is the beginning process of creating Heaven on Earth. The ultimate goal of awakening your Soul is to open up to the higher dimension realities and to truly know your true self. This phenomenon of Self-transformation is a process that has been available to every living Soul on this planet through our advanced Spiritual masters, to aid us in expanding our consciousness.

As you begin to receive a deeper understanding of your Whole Self, the energies within and its relation to vibrations, frequency, and density and varies dimension you begin to align with your higher self, the part of you that is your Soul.

We Are Living in an Artificial System That Doesn’t Suit Our Consciousnesses.

You are currently living in a system on earth that does not suit your true nature – which is love. You are in a low vibrational situation in the fourth dimension, which has been hijacked by malevolent beings who control your people into thinking of themselves as far, far less than who you truly are.

A bird in a guilded cage is still a prisoner,and whether your lives on earth are to your liking or not, you are still living as far less than your birthright allows for. You are trapped.

What is an ego?

It’s the unawareness of the true nature as Spirit.

What Is Human Metamorphosis?

Metamorphosis is a biological process. bv which an animal physically develops into a new form or structure. after its birth through cell growth and differentiation. It is not widely known that human metamorphosis is possible, because it is only beginning to happen to some people today.

Human metamorphosis is a biological process that reorganizes the structure of the brain and nervous system, subsequently causing a new cell growth in the body to reflect the new organization of the brain. The process is triggered by certain DNA switches activating owing to increased vibration in the body. This increased vibration is synonymous with a high level of self-realization.

A new brain and nervous system is built in the existing body, breaking down the old structure and using this released energy as fuel to make the new body based on the new genetic instructions activated when the process triggered. After this completes the person is a new more advanced being than before.

Once the consciousness level is high enough in the form, it has enough energy to flip the latent DNA switches on to trigger the old form to morph into the new form. All instructions for this new form have always been present in our DNA; they are only not activated. It is known that the DNA of most species has the same genetic instructions, what differentiates species is which parts of the DNA are activated. All life on Earth is growing toward expression as a human being. When the trigger point is reached in a human being, the old brain reorganizes. This reorganization releases energy, which is used to metamorphosis into a new species, with a new brain organization in the same body.

Metamorphosis Happens When We Are Quiet

The process of metamorphosis accelerates when we do not use our energy to animate the personality. When we are not using our mind, we can use our energy to reorganize our mind. The mind cannot be changed if we are busy using it. When we are quiet and non-reactive, our higher-self is present and can reorganize our brain.

This transformation happens to a lesser degree in the night while we sleep. When we fall asleep, our higher-self goes to work to change the organization of the brain in the same way. It is not coincidental that dreams occur in various sleep states. Dreams are a symptom of brain reorganization. When we willing quiet our mind, transformation happens and our energetic vibration increases. Increased energetic vibration is evidence of brain reorganization and of self-realization.

It is like slowly creating a new organization in our brain and later when new cells are replaced in the body, the body and mind reflect this new and more efficient organization. It is almost like making a change to the epigenome.

⦁ Reality is the metamorohosis of God in humanity.
⦁ Earth is where the divine metamorphosis takes place.
⦁ The accomplishment of the divine metamorphosis implies the evolution of humanity.

Rising Awareness Is A Biological Process

Imagine a consciousness not limited by the conditions of sense perception. Such a consciousness can rise above the plane on which we move; it can see far beyond the bounds of the circle illumined by our ordinary consciousness; it can see that not only does the line along which we move exist, but also all the other lines perpendicular to it which we cross. Rising above the plane, this consciousness will be able to see the plane, make sure that it actually is a plane and not only a line; then it will be able to see the past and the future living side by side and existing simultaneously.

Our conscious awareness is privy only to a limited and partial scope of the overall information dynamics available and operative in different dimensions of psyche, soma as well as nonhuman and even “non-live” activities. Transducive metamorphosis occurs throughout our bodies and minds, catalyzing a constant interchange and communication with the earth and cosmos of which we are integral parts.

As we acquire knowledge of this mysterious intermediate realm, we are empowered in the ways of healing and bringing new life to an old world. “

The masters of alchemy consider the mineral Adam to be the reflection of the Universe and of Man in the mirror of nature. Having mastered knowledge of the conditions governing the transformation of the Metallic Microcosm, man is able to discover and to understand analogically the rules of his proper metamorphoses. Purifying and making more perfect the Subject of Wisdom, capturing and absorbing energy which comes from other worlds, com-pressed by this mysterious Magnet (Aimant), human being has the way of sowing the Light in the depth of his body and of his consciousness.

Again, the notion of purification brings together human beings and the various realms of their activity. And again the basic reality of the metallic (under)world points towards the original unity and the universal telos of gold. As a famous mythic alchemist puts it: “All metallic seed is the seed of gold: for gold is the intention of Nature with regard to all metals. If the base metals are not gold, it is only through some accidental hindrance: they are all potentially gold.

The possibility ol metamorphosis or transmutation, of crossing the boundaries of everyday reality, is what marks the alchemical or magical view the truly poetic — view of the world.

“You will find as your metamorphosis proceeds that your energy level will increase dramatically. New circuits or spiritual gifts are presently being installed or developed around your chakras that will allow for the safe handling of higher voltages of energy. When a soul is being aligned with the Higher Self new telecommunications circuits are also installed/developed in the brain. The telecommunications circuits allow for increased sensitivity to telepathic messages.”

Once you have completed your metamorphosis you will be able to comprehend many of the spiritual texts that talk about transformation. The study of alchemy, for example, reveals the secrets of spiritual metamorphosis. The true alchemists, such as Paracelsus (1493-1541), discovered that it was possible to transform the body and soul through special spiritual practices. Carl Jung (1875-1961) wrote about the transformation of the self in his book entitled Psychology and Alchemy. He understood that true alchemy is the process whereby the human ego is transformed by the energies of the spirit. He perceived this transformation as a series of psychological transitions that allowed the individual to become cognizant of the true self.

As a symbol, a butterfly represents the state of conscience of change, the powerful alchemy of metamorphosis. During the course of our evolution, we go through a great number of cycles comparable to those of a butterfly. Through the multiple situations and events life exposes us to, as much on the inside as on the outside, we can experience the stage of the fragile, vulnerable, clumsy, greedy caterpillar, still far, far from the ethereal beauty of the final product. Then, during our initiatic trials and ordeals, we find ourselves in the chrysalis stage, where great transformations take place on the subtle levels of our being. And finally, once our metamorphosis has been completed, we reveal ourselves in our true splendor, just like the butterfly.

At the heart of alchemy is the Hermeticist understanding of all matter as alive and in dynamic relation. Alchemy seeks to harness the principle of transformation at the centre of life towards the perfecting of all things. The two strands are not mutually exclusive; turning lead into gold, or creating the philosopher’s stone (which bestows eternal life), may also be seen as metaphors for spiritual, as well as physical, transformation. Many alchemists believed that personal transformation and spiritual purity were required before the physical processes would be successful.

Employing hermetic texts composed of symbols whose meaning was hidden to laymen, true alchemists were interested in the metamorphosis of the soul. The quest of the alchemist was to study matter in order to understand his own being, thereby transcending it. The practice of alchemy constituted an inner journey, a path to supreme wisdom. Only humility and righteousness practiced over time enabled the student to walk this path, discover the philosopher’s stone, and achieve metamorphosis.

The mental transmutation, the true alchemy, is achieved by altering step by step the crude metal (low wavelength) in gold (high wavelength). The rude of the Being achieved metamorphosis in Cosmic Gold by vibration, which enhances you step to step, waggle to wiggle up to the top of the Pyramid of the Ascension, towards planes of consciousness higher.The mental transmutation is the art of changing the conditions of the Universe, because the sky is mental, as is the harder rock and the steam of the clouds. Everything can be transform mentally, does not depend on the greater or lesser density of what you want to transfigure, but also to greater or lesser subtlety, skill and wisdom of the alchemist.

When the path transforms itself: the world of appearances stops being a veil of separation and becomes a veil of revelation. People know there is more to this life than meets the eye. They refuse to go along with the program and are singled out as potential roadblocks for the archon agenda. What do the Archons want? To maintain the world of control. To keep us preoccupied with fear, separation. When we awaken to the illusion of the mind-prison world, then we are no longer at its mercy. It will no longer control us, we will have control over it. When we realise that this world is an illusion, we transcend its limitations and become co-creators of it.

What do the Archons want? To maintain the world of control. To keep us preoccupied with fear, separation. Fear creates separation from the Divine and sepration from the Divine power within feeding fear, and this controls the low vibrational and perception, and perception is the ego on Earth. The ego has become the god of this world because of fear, domintaion and separation, and this creates a veil of ignorance the archons controls and feeding.

People know there is more to this life than meets the eye. They refuse to go along with the program and are singled out as potential roadblocks for the archon agenda. The method used for dealing with these “mavericks” is through the hive mind. They usually are attacked and discouraged by those around them who are largely unconscious and have become archon tools.

There are many levels to this control but they all work towards the same end – preventing us from alignment with the universe. This is why archons prefer hierarchical structures, because they make it easier for the few to control the many. Of course the talking points come from the highest levels of the religious, government and media hierarchy which are then filtered down into the masses. At that point we pretty much take over and control one another. This is the hive mind in action.

By raising our vibration, any anger or hive mind attacks that surround us will necessarily disappear since, again, a low vibrational energy cannot co-exist with high vibrational energy. This is such an important concept it is worth repeating a hundred times until we grasp it.

Fear is also a huge factor in the suppression of our vibrational state. Governments use fear as a tactic to keep people in line. Archons rule by dividing, and this they always did. Archons using mind control and humankind has becoming the food for the archons. They also make people obedient which benefits the archons who want no rebels.

As long as we allow the archon-controlled governments and religions to suppress our vibration using fear tactics, we will have great difficulty progressing as a people. Fear is a sure fire way to shut down our vortex of creation and turn us into impotent spirits that can be easily manipulated in mass. As long as our vibration is kept low we will be docile pawns in the hands of the new world order desired by the archons.

Of course the answer to fear is to raise our vibration by not being afraid of anything, what good will that do anyway? Once we align with our vortex of creation and see our power as infinite consciousness, all fear (and the archons promoting it) will dissipate and the world will change.

Human beings are its prisoners. The predator is our lord and master. It has rendered us docile and helpless. If we want to protest, it suppresses our protest. If we want to act independently, it demands that we don’t do so:’ The archons infect our imagination and use the power of make-believe illusions for deception and confusion. Their pleasure is in deceit for its own sake, seemingly without a particular aim or purpose. They are robotic in nature and incapable of independent thought or choice. They do as they are told. And until now, we’ve been doing what we’ve been told. The only way to overcome their power over us is to become activated in spirit, body and mind.

We are controlled by the archons because they control the false reality we are living in. However, the archons are effectively powerless, and their power over us exists only to the extent that they can deceive us into thinking that the false reality is actually real. This dream world is “real” as long as it lasts. We need to awaken from this sleep of death.

When we awaken to the illusion of the prison world, then we are no longer at its mercy. It will no longer control us, we will have control over it. When we realise that this world is an illusion, we transcend its limitations and become co-creators of it.

The essence of the universe is information. it is not three-dimensional, it is outside space and time altogether. Our world is a mere phantasm, a fallen world, in which space and time are part of the delusion. we have been thrown into this world, and enslaved by an evil entity that projects information which we have been deluded into interpreting as our so-called reality. This world is nothing more than the misinterpretation of an underlying reality of which the essence is simply information.

Ego consciousness is so fragile, and is designed for this world of shadows, for this dimension of duality. It cannot contain a dimension of light upon light, love upon love, a oneness in which there is no semblance of duality.

Meditation is an important technique to enable us to transcend the ego and the mind. Stilling the mind, we begin to have access to a different dimension. Initially we feel the invisible presence and effect of the beyond. But as our meditation deepens we can develop a of what is beyond the ego. Then we come to know the illusory nature of the ego.

As we progress along the path we develop a psychological strength and quality of consciousness that can contain these very different realities: our everyday ego-self and a deeper dimension that is featureless and formless, unlimited and undefined. We are freed from the prison of our ego-self and yet still able to function in an outer reality that requires that we think we exist as a separate person.

The world that had hidden the face of our Beloved begins to reveal Him to us. No longer caught in the limited vision of the ego, the lover begins to see with the single eye of the heart. When our consciousness is ruled by the ego, we see through the eyes of the ego. We experience a world in which we are present and He is absent. The world seems a playground of illusions, or a desert filled only with our longing for Him. But when the ego surrenders its power, then the eye of the heart opens and reveals the hidden face of creation. The eye of the heart is an organ of spiritual consciousness that belongs to the Self. Through this eye we see things as they really are, as a reflection of our Beloved. We cannot know Him in His essential non-being, but we come to know Him reflected in His creation.

When the ego has been merged into the Self it ceases to be the dominant factor. A quality of being emerges from within the heart to become the focal point of life. This quality of being does not belong to the ego but to the Self. It is a reflection of His being: “God is, and nothing is with Him.” Initially experienced in meditation or at the moment of emerging from meditation, the consciousness of being gradually becomes present in everyday life. This consciousness is the consciousness of divine presence, the consciousness of oneness which we carry with us in our daily life.

Something real is present in a world full of illusions. At the beginning these veils of illusion prevent us from seeing our Beloved. Knowing this outer world is not real, we seek what our restless heart longs for. We are drawn by this primal need, to look within, to go deeper and deeper, to return to the “root of the root of our own self.” But once we have touched the hem of His garment, the ancient secret of lovers, then the path transforms itself: the world of appearances stops being a veil of separation and becomes a veil of revelation.

The Spirit of revelation removes the veil. Christ has opening the veil of separation which kept men out and has opened a new and living way by which all are invited to approach. “The Ego is a veil between humans and God’.”

What had appeared an impenetrable wall of unreality begins to be permeated with His divine light. This transition is not a single moment of revelation. Like many processes it reflects the spiral nature of the path in which we repeat a similar experience at different levels of intensity, as we awaken more and more fully to the higher consciousness of the Self.

At first imperceptibly, a quality of “being” is born with-in us through which we sense a reality hidden within this world. There may be powerful experiences that accompany this awakening, moments of illumination or oneness, but often it is a gradual transition which only later do we realize has taken place.

As our consciousness begins to change, as an inner perception opens, the inner reality of oneness begins to manifest through the outer world. This opening is different for each of us. Each wayfarer makes his own journey behind the veils and then realizes with-in himself and within the world the qualities of his Belowed.

As our divine qualities come closer to conscious-ness we begin to experience life not just through the limited vision of the ego, but through the circle of the Self in which our divine nature is born. As our divine child opens its eyes the true nature of life is seen.

The mystical journey is from separation back to union, and then returning from union to a state of servanthood. The first part of this journey is “the journey back to God” in which we turn our attention away from the veils of separation, seeking the truth that can only be found within the heart.

“The Ego is a veil between humans and God’.”

The aim of yoga Sadhana is to eliminate ignorance, so the Yogi must remove the veil of ignorance by pierce the veil of ignorance.

After the removal of the veil of ego, the removal of the veil of Nature and her inferior modes that govern our mind, life and body. As soon as the limits of the ego begin to fade, we see how that veil is constituted and detect the action of cosmic Nature in us, and in or behind cosmic Nature

This realization does not, therefore, entail the transformation of the human into the Divine since the human has in essence been the Divine all along and does not change: divinity lies hidden in man by the veil of ignorance which, when drawn, enables man to realize his identity with and as the Divine

That men do not realize their divinity is only due to the fact that they have not yet removed the great veil of ignorance which shrouds the vision of the Infinite.

As long as the ego-consciousness is dominating in an individual, the connection to his consciousness is impassable. Ego-cons takes over the true consciousness, and pretends itself to be the True Self or consciousness. In reality, it is an ego-consciousness or ego self.

The, ego, is threatened by any form of change in the illusionary context. Higher consciousness is a movement toward the true meaning and purpose of life that is governed by the natural energy of Creation. Ever since the ego separated from the truth of existence it has served as a unified unconscious entity that cannot see beyond anything that is not real within itself. The ego must remain in control of the physical realm of existence because that is all that it knows. The ego is threatened by confrontation of consciousness.

The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

The ego therefore disconnects higher divine concepts and promotes its own concepts of duality and concepts that stimuates low vibrational frequencies. Therefore the ego will prevent any real spiritual progress. Then the ego has become God of this world we vibrate through our general low vibrational concepts of this world.

The perception and control of changes in states of consciousness, we can change our vibration into any quality by the quality of thought, our body expresses the quality of a vibration, the higher quality of thought produces the higher vibration, when we vibrate, we vibrate through our general concept, therefore the result cannot be greater than our concept. By reaching up for the greater consciousness we gradually come to realize it. The concept, that on the background of one Great Consciousness we live, move, and have our being, is one of the grandest concepts in this world. When our Ideal inspires our action we act as divine beings.

Earth is a vibrational mind prison and humans is kept within a full-scale vibratory imprisonment or enslavement of this world

The archons has pushed human race into a “an ever-depening spiritual sleep.” David Icke has written in The Veil of Tears that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information, and that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information.

Through technologies they can create a “vibratory prison.” He asserts that all we need to do is extend this concept to the planet as a whole to get an idea of how spiritual information is being perceptually blocked from the 4th dimension, creating a material prison. He writes:

The complete takeover of the Earth by extraterrestrial expressions of the Luciferic Consciousness was accomplished by creating a vibratory prison. We are multidimensional beings, naturally able to experience many frequencies and dimensions at the same time. However, when the imprisoning vibration an imposed blocking ‘frequency net’- was thrown around this planet long ago, it prevented us from accessing the higher levels of our consciousness and potenpotential – or, the higher dimensions. It caused us to cease to be ‘whole’ or tial we became disconnected from ‘the Father.’

According to Icke, the full-scale vibratory imprisonment of Earth humans may also have been effectuated by closing down crucial Earth vortexes linking the physical (3-D) world with other space/time dimensions. Some of these important windows, however, are still open, and, as well, certain rituals are said to be able to re-open them. Icke speculates that these interdimensional portals may have been closed to prevent negative entities from entering this space/time reality. Thus, this may have been a necessity to minimize chaos and disorder. However, it left Earth humans detached from higher levels of being and cut off our “eternal memory” of who we are. This is essentially the story of the “Fall of Man.”

He writes, “we forgot who we were and where we came from.” Icke explains:

The human race has for ages been living out its existence inside a kind of meta-physical box with the lid held down. We sit in the dark, believing that our potential, and Creation in general, is limited to what is within that box, within that vibratory prison. Over the ages since the vibratory net was cast around the Earth, we have been a people working at a fraction of our full and infinite potential. Life on Earth was changed dramatically by our extraterrestrial jailors, and this also affected the animal kingdom.

Luciferic consciousness works through human consciousness to manipulate human nature and our understanding of reality. It stimulates us to perform inhumane acts by awakening negative emotions.

The finitude of the individual is not due to its bodily existence, but to the presence of the ego. So long as the ego remains, fiditude, in the sense of limitations of personality, remains. Liberation is liberation from the ego and its limitations. The individual is liberated by transcending the ego.

Thus, liberation is not primarily a permanent relief from all types of suffering, not even the realization of an abstract undifferentiated con-sciousness, but rather the transcendence beyond the ego and its restrictions. By cutting the knot of the ego, consciousness ceases to be personal; it is spread out infinitely, and becomes identical with the universe. The universe is then seen to be identical with the transcendental consciousness, arising from it and again with-drawing into it.

So long as consciousness is egocentric, all thoughts, feelings, and actions are directed towards furthering the interests of the ego. But when consciousness is universe-centric, thoughts and actions no longer serve the interests of a single individual; they become disinterested. As there can be no sense of want in that state, there is no longer any feeling of pleasure or pain; there is only a sense of fullness, unvarying and undying. There is nothing outside this transcendental consciousness, there is nothing to be attained; all actions and thoughts are unmotivated, completely free, not even restricted or governed by the laws of logic. Therefore, there is no reason why thoughts and actions are there; they are there, simply because the free transcendental consciousness freely wills them.

The underlying root of all delusions is the fundamental ignorance mis-apprehending the nature of reality. This ignorance is a state of misconception. Since it misapprehends the nature of reality, it has no valid grounding in our experience or in reality. In fact, it apprehends reality in a manner contradictory to the way things actually are. Hence, it is an erroneous and distorted state of mind. As this is so, it opens up for us the real possibility of eradicating it.

The ordinary man is ruled by this ignorance. But in the state of uplifted divine consciousness, ignorance is dethroned and wisdom rules in its stead.

The merging of the ego and consciousness is known from the beginning of human consciousness and played a significant role in the evolution of human consciousness. That means to recognize and organize the experiences based on ego to transform into ego-consciousness. Ego-consciousness is present in the waking state, dreaming, and sleeping states of an individual.

It pretends to be the real self where as in reality it is not. Since ego-consciousness is composed of mind, intellect, and body, it can be recognized based on its distinct form and qualities. It is modified with the mind. It envelops the soul with thoughts, events, and memories and prevents it from shining. The ego-consciousness suffers as it influenced by the objective world. It enters a state of objectivity by identifying itself with various objects. It remains there and gets attached to the materialistic world and does not want to come out even in extreme circumstances. It extends itself into the illusionary world (Maya) through the mind and the senses.

Ego-consciousness is contaminated with desires, instincts, emotions, thoughts, impressions, and memories. It is like a mirror covered with dust.

Some drastic experiences of the ego-consciousness leave latent impressions and accompany the soul to the next birth. As per Vedanta, the ego-cons is subject to the five limitations of space, time, knowledge, power, and happiness. As long as the ego-cons lives in its natural form, there is no escape for the soul from its physical existence. The bodily consciousness is held as prisoner and is influenced by the mind with all kinds of mental formations and objective knowledge.

The ego then becomes the god of this world, and the ego becomes mass consciousness, and mass consciousness becomes organized gang stalking. The savage of the ego was to become the saint of the soul.

While the mental level is dominated by ego, the integral level is ego-free, which means our identities are not committed to serve that initial ego set by others in society. It is an ego, which fuels excessive pride. Understanding the self and the nature of our ego will be necessary to become ego-free. The self can choose to serve the self, others, or God.

To be ego-free is a choice to move beyond the self-referencing frame of science and that of most individuals. At this integral level, the self is able to reach out to that source, which precedes all the levels of consciousness.

This leads to the rise of God- knowledge in the self, which marks the freedom from ego-consciousness. The removal of ego-consciousness does not mean the removal of the self itself.

The source of dichotomy is the condition of man’s consciousness. Mankind was made caretaker and co-creator of the Earth. We have chosen to build our world on beliefs in darkness, separation, and Fear. We have created a reality that falls far short of God’s magnificent vision for us. Because any whole can only rise as high as the vibrational frequency of the sum of its parts, all beings, all things in this reality are held back and prevented from manifesting their true potential on this material plane by the belief constructs contained in mass consciousness.

A few men behind the scenes with power which most citizens don’t know about carefully plan ethnic cleansing, chaos, and disaster for their own purposes. They are behind all the myths, lies, organized belief system, social engineering, conditioning, and brainwashing of society. This also includes organized gang stalking, organized bullying, or organized collective gaslighting.

Many believe in these belief systems and many are lies of concepts that you were trained, conditioned, and brainwashed into believing. Society is ruled by their televisions, which are designed to train citizens to conform to a pre-planned group consensus and reject what is really true.

The media diverts the public’s attention from what’s really going on. All positive groups throughout history have been infiltrated to cause destruction within the groups themselves through conflicts and murders. The only way to win a spiritual war is through education. Everyone vibrates on certain life energy frequencies.

The human condition we live under is the result of us believing lies, causing us to vibrate on a low energy level. The forces of maya controls the three dimensional reality and world, and with it follows illusions, deceptions and distortions of mind and reality.

The common energy level of society will rise when people wake up. Educate yourself, do your own research, look for the truth, be open-minded to new information, and build your own opinion. The ego is a design with its belief system to block new information to enter because new information or new higher frequencies will open the doors to other dimensions.

Organized belief systems was created by the elite to make it hard for people to find the truth. Society is controlled by religious belief systems, which are huge bodies of lies with small bits of truth. People are so occupied with their religions that they don’t know what’s really going on. All religions cause conflicts by causing division through one religious belief system against another. There is only a small amount of truth in each

The Elite mold you along correct lines through the social engineering of your consciousness by using mass programming instituted through the avenues of television,

The world has been indoctrinated to change their way of thinking so that bad becomes good and good becomes bad. The majority doesn’t notice this due to their gradual indoctrination. The powers that be rely on fear, stupidity, and ignorance to accomplish their goals.

The world of maya, or illusion is really a very sophisticated form of indoctrination and mind control.

The effect of habitual television is powerful because the mass mind control operates on the deepest level of human response. The programming is unconscious, which is how media manipulators can make us feel how they want us to feel (if we keep watching TV). The reptile brain allows us to survive as biological beings, but leaves us open to propaganda techniques. Television activates the reptile mind (activity in the lower brain regions), leaving one open to the manipulations of television programmers. The manipulators behind the media tap into your emotions and use them to control you. The news distorts information to move you in certain directions. The mass mind control through network television is usually undetected and takes place in the subconscious.

Television images define the terms of people’s understanding, the boundaries of human awareness. Without an offsetting system of imagery in people’s lives, television images take on a quality of reality that they do not deserve. The political consequences of such a situation, where a population becomes isolated within an artificial information environment, has been a favorite subject of many science-fiction writers over the years. George Onve11’s 1984 describes an information environment so monolithic and aggressive that it became the total source and absolute limit of human knowledge. … The effect of the total control of imagery was to unify mass consciousness within a single-media version of reality. With all information coming disembodied via the telescreen, and with the whole population receiving this monolithic information at the same time, and with no verifiable points of comparison, how was one to know what was true and real and what was not? Television has become the primary world we relate to.

When television elevates illusion to the status of virtual reality and truth, the telegenic becomes virtually real and compellingly true. Tragically, nothing is less telegenic than that which can not be said or seen. God, in any serious sense, makes for lousy television; nature, on the other hand, makes for superb television even if the images are routinely accelerated and selective, just as nature may be slow and collective. (First Nations storytelling traditions would probably escape television)

⦁ The effect of the total control of imagery was to unify mass consciousness within a single-media version of reality.
⦁ The effect of low vibrational frequencies creates a one dimension reality, were all other dimensions and higher levels of consciousness is not accessible
⦁ The effect of computers creates one dimenison by left brain dominace. Computers eliminate all right-side brain activity. The right side is the side that produces creativity, innovation, intuition, imagination, and insight, and these aspects go hand in hand with consciousness, creating, and the essence of your soul.

The more they can keep you coming from the left side of the brain, the more easily you can be controlled and manipulated, and the easier it is to distract you from finding out who you truly are and what you are truly doing here. The leaft brain is also the core that is using fear to stay in control and power, and fear is also the component that opens up the channels for mental negative programming of the mind. The powers that are using computers to dumb down the masses and the next generation. Computers eliminate all right-side brain activity. The right side is the side that produces creativity, innovation, intuition, imagination, and insight, and these aspects go hand in hand with consciousness, creating, and the essence of your soul.

The limbic system controls the emotions, feelings, and moods of the brain. Fear-based television stimulates the reptilian response of “fight or flight,” in turn creating a mental state wherein we may overestimate the threat of fear.

The process of spiritual evolution to become a spiritual master requires us to reverse this by undoing all the mass-consciousness programming. We must get complete control of the subconscious mind and not let it run us; we must totally become the computer programmer of the subconscious mind.

We get caught up in working with our five senses, usually to the extent that they are being modeled around us. Blocking out our MULTI AND META-SENSORY POTENTIALS AND ABILITIES, we are often unable to tune back into our Soul Consciousness and our inner knowledge, thus learning to depend on external forces to show us how to live an Earthly life. Through the cycles of time, a mass consciousness has developed which does not incorporate the knowledge, wisdom, and truth of the Soul. MASS CONSCIOUSNESS is the prevailing human view of life usually based on misbeliefs and disbeliefs that have been handed down from centuries of restricted human programming. To break the cycle of operating under mass consciousness, we must find a way to return to SOUL CONSCIOUSNESS. That’s what living as a human on Earth is really about.

Humanity is under a mass “negative hypnosis”

The world is living in a mass negative hypnosis of separation that does not exist in reality. It only exists in our minds.

The problem is that the negative ego tells us that all we are is the body. In … Awakening from the Spell of Matter In this new millennium humanity as a whole will wake up from the spell of matter.

This is illusion and spiritual teaching contaminated by negative ego programming

Mind can be purified by meditation, but meditation is impossible if the brain is not calm. One has to practice many centering and visualization exercises before one achieves a proper balance in body chemistry. Meditation exercises that start with concentration change the body’s metabolism and increase melatonin. Concentration solves problems that create emotional complications and puts anxiety, anger, and pessimism to a stop. It purifies the nervous system and tames the wandering mind. It creates freedom to rise above the worldly desires generated by the stimuli around us. It makes one centered.

Unfortunately, meditation is becoming more and more difficult in today’s world because of the network of artificial electrical fields that influence our own electromagnetic fields. The hole in the ozone layer, which lets in dangerous amounts of radiation, and even the bombardment of media-generated desires make meditation more difficult. Because of this, it is necessary for us to meditate more than did our ancestors, who lived in a world less polluted by both radiation and technology-driven desires.

All tear in your mind, whether conscious or unconscious, distorts your thinking, feeling, and perceiving, and casts its dark shadow across your entire life. The lifting of this dark shadow permits happiness to return and take its place.

Now is the only time there is. The present is independent of the sequencing which you impose on time; it is not limited by time unless you impose limits upon it. Now is where you meet God, for He is always present. In the present, the Truth reveals Itself as your Mind, and only then can your mind live again as Truth. Whatever you may do, whatever you may believe, has no meaning unless it arises from the Truth of your Mind. All else, whatever it may be, is the continuation of the meaningless patterning of the ego.

As long as the past continues to dominate your mind, the present cannot be revealed to you. In the present you live, move, and have your Being. You learn and transform only in the present. To fully enter and abide in the present, the past must be released, forgotten, even for a little while. The present blossoms in a mind that is empty, receptive, and quiet. Like Truth, it cannot come until the mind makes room for it and meets its conditions.

Orwell stated; “Who controls the past controls the future. Who controls the present controls the past.”

When you are constantly busy in your mind, reliving the past or projecting a future, the present is covered up by the constant flow of thoughts and images, none of which have their origin in the now. Truth enters a quiet mind in which the meaningless activity of constant thought has ceased, and stillness prevails. Truth will never force Its entry but can only respond to sincere invitation. When the continuous busyness of mind and body characterizes your life, Truth is not welcome and will be missing from your experience.

The only thing you need do for Truth to return to your awareness, is be willing to receive It. This is not as simple as it sounds for your mind is split into many parts, and contains conflicting wishes, desires, and even goals. Your mind must be integrated in its entirety, inner conflict resolved, and a condition of, at least, relative peace restored. To attain this integration and stability in which willingness can meaningfully develop, is the goal of spiritual practice.

Spiritual vision takes perception beyond the “seeing” of the body’s eyes, and shows you Truth’s reflection in the dream. The Vision of Christ is still illusion, for all states of perception must be illusory. Yet is It a unified perception, Whose Wholeness is like unto the Unity of direct knowledge that j the Kingdom of God. In the mirror of Christ’s Vision is Truth reflected, and are you brought close enough that It can flow across the little gap between perception and the knowledge of Truth, and restore you to Heaven. When this occurs, is the journey through time brought to a close, as there is no more need for a body or a world. This will happen of itself when you are ready. Until then, you must maintain the commitment to Truth and the spiritual discipline and practice that heal the mind and restore it to Wholeness.

The aim of spiritual practice is to bring you to the place where you go beyond the mind as you know it, and enter the realm of spiritual experience. Even there however, the need for spiritual focus and practice continues until the mind is completely healed, and restored to its natural state of resting in God.

This world prevents anyone to go beyond the mind or concept of the ego, and it prevents the old evolutionary brain to heal from a state of duality into oneness, and therefore also prevents anyone from knowing their inner higher divne self, and thsi creates a loop and past-consciousness that dominates reality and forms it view of it. This world prevents anyone from opening their third of eye intuition.

The definition of intimidation: Intimidation is the art of deterring someone through fear. The ultra ego wants to deter you from new ideas, new visions and new territories. That is why he is alarming you, frightening you and warding you off.

Fear keep humankind trapped and imprisoned within the leaden consciousness, so they can´t tramsform their minds into the higher gold consciousness, This is the meaning of alchemy; transforming lead to gold, or transform the old brain concept of the ego to the divine higher self. This world keeps humankind trapped and imprsioned within a concept and loop of past consciousness.

The ego is the definition of the old brain concept and the ego is the definition of the past-consciousness, and then the ego want´s control the mind, life and world it must control the past-consciousness and prevent it from transforming or dissolving the ego into higher levels of consciousness were the ego will lose some its control.

Orwell stated; “Who controls the past controls the future. Who controls the present controls the past.”

Fear is the lowest energetic vibration we can experience in either reality. Fear is paralyzing. Fear prevents us from moving forward with our dreams, goals and desires. Fear blocks the heart from expanding, loving fully and feeling pure joy. Fear brings discomfort into the cellular structure of our bodies and minds. Fear control lower vibrations, fear prevents dna activation of higher dna strands, fear blocks new information, fear blocks visions, fear blocks learning, fear blocks mental alchemical transformation, fear controls the aging process, Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality belief system. Fear disconnects humankind from the divine source of light through the veil of ignorance, and the ego is this veil and all fears comes from the ego. Through knowledge one can overcome this fear when one understand how they using fear to control the masses thorugh the ego-mass consciousness

The old world paradigms of separation, egotistical power and control through fear. The heavy density of these lowest vibrations has had a stronghold in our world for centuries. Fear vibrates at a low density frequency. Third density understanding keeps humans in a low vibration and cages them into the physical world. The ensuing ‘chaos’ ensures humanity is kept in a space of limitation, suffering, and illusion (veil of ignorance).

Fear is also an enemy of God and also of our divine destination. Fear distracts your focus and hinders spiritual growth. Fear scuttles your spiritual potential and powers.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix).

When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing.

Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new spiritual gifts.

When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare (organized gang stalking).

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.

The ultimtate result of visionary insights is when duality becomes oneness and the principle is; the further backward you look, the further you can see forward. In the state of Oneness everything is experienced in present time (past and future becomes now). When humans abilities slowly disconnects from her roots of evolutionary history and evolutionary reference, in combination with lost of ability to self-reflection, and lowered levels of Consciousness it will be more difficult to see further in the plans of future. The logic is easy; to see forward you must have ability to see backwards. When they disconnected 10 of humans spiritial dna strand they disconnected their evolutionary references and their intuition, and therefore lost the abilty to see beyond the veil of ignorance, and this gives them the advantage to control and make humankind manageable and easier to keep them enslaved in the Matrix.

The Ego as Belief

Whatever arises in your mind as thought or feeling comes from one of two sources: the ego or the Holy Spirit. There are no others. The ego speaks to you through a constant stream of thoughts, feelings, and impulses, whose purpose is to dominate the conscious mind, control its attention faculty, and keep it busy reacting to and acting out egoic content. The conscious mind is a kind of receptor, or receptive level of awareness, that receives impulses from the unconscious and acts upon them. Action or behavior follows thought, which is why your thought system is so important.

Virtually all behavior and perception are determined by your thinking. Whenever you act upon thoughts and impulses received from the egoic levels of the unconscious, you are responding mechanically, automatically, uncreatively. This is the nature of the ego: a static core that is the belief in separation, and a set of repetitive, habitual patterns of thought, feeling, and behavior. The ego is unloving, having been made in fear and as a response to fear. All it can ever offer you is the continuation of that moment of fear and separation in which it originated. Love is not a part of its repertoire, although the ego will never allow that to be revealed.

This must be kept hidden along with the malice it bears towards you, for it regards you as guilty, and deserving of punishment and death. This will never change for the ego itself is beyond redemption, being the denial of redemption and the constant attack upon it. There is only one way to respond to the ego sanely: to withdraw your allegiance and identification with it. The ego is not you. although it would have you believe that it is.

The ego does not have your best interest as its purpose. and in fact, just the opposite is true. although this is disguised and kept from your awareness, or you would renounce the ego immediately. The ego is the belief you are separate from your Creator and your Self, and are a bodily identity in a world of form. Thus is it a belief about yourself, about reality; and the ego’s thought system is the crystallization and expression of that belief in many different ways.

The ego is in your mind, a part of your mind, and through the act of forgetting, is experienced as you. This was a profound error of identification, and you have suffered from it ever since. Through your identification with the ego, its seeming reality has been established. Because the ego identifies itself with the body, you have seemingly become a body, and the world of separation is made real to you.

The mind believes in what it makes; and this power of belief gives the world you have made the effects it has on you and the limitations it seems to impose. The world could have no effect on you at all, if you did not assign to it the power to do so. You can withdraw that power at any time, but first you must recognize your responsibility for the world and everything in it. Your mind is cause, and what you sec and experience is its effect.

The ego is not the real divine self, and in same way the ego of mass consciousness is not the real divine self either.

Mass consciousness is the Kingdom of The Ego. When man functions from the external energy of the ego, he does not relate to the consciousnesses within the inner self and the higher self. This man, in effect, does not know who he is. Therefore, man will search for his identity within the external energy forces of life. He is functioning within the external ego world so it is logical for him to create support for that ego self from that external world. External identity consciousness creates an external support system for man and his ego. Maintaining the collective unconsciousness of the mass of collective energy in a negative state of mind will only give more power to the ego making reconnection of the spiritual and God’s energy impossible. This “game” can be reversed by alchemy, meditation and spiritual knowledge.

Humankind has been teached, conditioned and trained to belive the powers is outside him and not within, and this is to give away the inner power to the outer external ego and mass consciousnesss.

This creates concepts of the ego and fear concepts;

⦁ Fear of death
⦁ Fear of exclusion from the group (mass consciousness)
⦁ Fear to not be accepted
⦁ Fear to not be something or somebody
⦁ Fear for not fit in

These fear makes people to confirm to this world of the ego and then everyone make same thing this become mass consciousness and the creation of it was based on fears and it will then continue to live a life based on fear and follow the this negative mass programming of the mind.

How does this control-matrix called “corporate thinking” work? We all desire to be accepted. Every one of us has an inherent need for the approbation and acknowledgment of others. Because the enemy knows this, as soon as he gets control of a group, he brings all who may object to his will under control using the fear of not being accepted. It is called the “fear of exclusion.” This type of fear is an intimidating fear.

Some people live in what is called “people bondage.” People bondage is when people cannot separate their personal lives from other people’s thoughts and opinions about them. Because they cannot separate the two, they are perpetually governed by the opinions of others.

Fear and intimidation controls mass consciousness, and producing a “corporate thought pattern”, that keep people in bondage and separation, and subconsciously this creates a fear of exclusion. This state of fear and intimidation is been affected through the “tribal consciousness” that is part of the lower matrix (ultra ego) and this mind-prison.

For eons, human will has been controlled by the collective will. For example, the will of the tribe has dictated the will of its tribe members, i.e., “my will and tribal will are one.” However, the individualization process requires that we develop a sense of our own will. Only when we can make decisions based on our inner guidance can we liberate ourselves from the dictates of the collective will, external authorities, as well as the manipulative and exploitative political and economic systems.

From an energetic perspective, when our electromagnetic field and psyche are merged with mass consciousness, the tribal mind controls our mind and emotions. We are at the mercy of the directives of our tribe. We thus make ourselves available to be manipulated and exploited by the prevailing social and economic system. In fact, we are not only dependent upon external authorities, we are open targets for their abuse. If we are a slave to external forces, our will is not free. Our individualization process and separation from group consciousness requires that we focus on ourselves and become masters of our own energy.

Fortunately, we can participate in shifting the global paradigm by extricating ourselves from the prevailing matrix and by reclaiming our will. Connecting with the power and truth of universal forces within is the only way to reclaim our authentic will. When we embody the strength of the Divine and our soul, we can be released from the web of mass consciousness. Our tribal affiliation is replaced by our oneness with universal Spirit. The right use of will is then possible. As we become able and willing to listen to and follow our inner guidance, we cease to listen to and follow the directives of social, religious, parental, and other authority figures. Ultimately, we experience that our will and Divine Will are one.

Corporate thinking, people bondage, fear of exclusion, tribal consciousness, mass consciousness creates a advanced system of control mechanism, and these methods can be seen in today´s organized gang stalking. Negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, pain, mind terror is what keeps humankind trapped in the matrix.

The definition of intimidation: Intimidation is the art of deterring someone through fear. The ultra ego wants to deter you from new ideas, new visions and new territories. That is why he is alarming you, frightening you and warding you off.

Revealing their true self causes ridicule, persecution, and never ending insults of projections of being labeled as delusional or heretics against the false reality belief system within the mass of collective energy.

The process of spiritual evolution to become a spiritual master requires us to reverse this by undoing all the mass-consciousness programming.

Negative ego/fear-based/separative consciousness, imbalanced thinking and limited lens seeing from mass consciousness earthly programming, it will contaminate your Spiritual channeling, teaching, healing, psychic work, scientific teachings, and earthly service work.

As we discover each new thought, belief and emotion that you have consciously hidden away, we are going to set some recodes deep within your mind.

You have been programmed to run with the herd and to do as they do, but you can break free from this small mindset.

A Paradigm is a set of thoughts which form the basis of a belief system. When we define who we are and look clearly at our beliefs we either live in love or fear, in poverty or prosperity, in disease or wellness. One’s inner paradigm is his or her belief system that has been placed there from years of programming sometimes before birth. The “Collective Consciousness Paradigm” is a set of beliefs shared by the masses.

Unhook from Aging Right now we are facing a “programming” of mass which causes aging to occur. You can reverse the causes and ideas for aging by unhooking from beliefs about aging. Do yourself a favor and do everything you can to reclaim your divine mastery in all areas. You can empower your cells to pull their from another healthy version of you! In fact, you can work with your divine blueprint and set your ideal age. Keep the wisdom, and unhook from aging!

When masses of people believe something for centuries, it has a huge impact on Mass Mind Consciousness and can easily become part of our programming, without our awareness.

The critical faculty is an “energy barrier” between the conscious and subconscious mind. It has the job of preventing anything from reaching your subconscious unless it agrees with what is ahrarbi programmed. This is another reason why change is so difficult. Besides having an “operating system” that says you’re not supposed to change, you have a non-physical barrier in your mind that’s as hard to penetrate as steel that prevents anything new from getting into your subconscious.

Fortunately, you can break through the barrier and reject what the masses accept, and accept what the masses reject

Man is no more conscious of communication than a fish would be conscious of the waters of the sea. A tidal wave of television programing has covered our land during the past twenty years.

Fear comes from the base of the human ego, whose data emerges as self-created illusions, and is one of the greatest blocks to your flow and progressive movement on your earth dimension. It is that which keeps you from fully realizing and experiencingyour potential power and from going to the top of the tree and to the outer limbs. It is that which imprisons your mind and gives power to others, to governments, and rulers of this world.

The real issue we must come to terms with is that, for millennia, we have been programmed to be powerless and, consequently, dependent upon others for our survival, especially in the areas of spirituality and health. Of course, fees were involved, and this exchange has significantly contributed to our current global crises. Yet there is an easy way out of our self-imposed matrix: we can simply reprogram our lives. By acquiring and acting upon new awareness, we afford ourselves an opportunity to rewrite the programs of cultural limitations. The first step in reprogramming is deprogramming. We do this by examining the program from outside the matrix.

We have felt powerless because we have been TOLD we were powerless! .

We program our lives through our positive or negative thought patterns. Tracking our thoughts makes us aware of our program cycles. If it is difficult to track all the thoughts that enter our mind, we can pay attention to the ones we dwell upon most frequently. These repeated thought patterns determine whether we are in a positive or negative program cycle. Positive program cycles boost our ‘will’ power, while negative program cycles give a fillip to our ‘won’t’ power. The good news is that these program cycles can be reset by giving new instructions to our conscious mind. Our mind is a tool we can use in any which way. We are not its helpless victim but its master because in any given moment we have control over our current thought. We relinquish this power because of our herd mentality. We have been told what to think for so long that we have forgotten how to think. We blindly follow others, do as they do and think as they think. We feel afraid of thinking or behaving differently. We believe whatever our social, political, religious, media and other authority figures say.

The controllers want humans to be enslaved followers and to not find their higher self and become a master of their own energies.

The Global Elite, are simply a group of people who realized what the true nature of our Universe was, eliminated everyone else who knew this information, and used the information to harness the power (chi, ability to do) of the uninformed masses. The global elites know the truth about the Universe. They know that we create and the power of thought. Therefore, mainstream news channels and media are doing the work for the global elites, which promotes fear, ego, negative public opinion, competition, hate, separation, and lower vibration mental states. They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk through the prison bars (the low vibrational state of ego and break through the veil of ignorance) and free ourselves from the prison – the matrix. The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe actually works.

The Global Elite, are simply a group of people who realized what the true nature of our Universe was, eliminated everyone else who knew this information, and used the information to harness the power (chi, ability to do) of the uninformed masses. Their methodology is very mechanical in nature. They use sacred geometry, power points on the Earth, as well as mind control via the media and chemicals. Plus a continuing elimination of those individuals as well as native people and cultures who hold the sacred knowledge of creation.

Their bread and butter is FEAR. When we are fearful, we are weak and a low frequency or vibration. The lower state of the ego is more fixed in the vibration of what we call ‘negativity’. As you are born into a physical body and learn how to control it with your physical brain, you automatically become absorbed into Mass Mind. The three dimensional world and reality is disconnected from the divine source becaus elow vibrations not vibrate fast enought to be in touch wither higher levels of consciousness. The ego waves of fear has come into every center of consciousness. These dark masses of energy bring our vibration down and keep us heavy in the lower frequencies of the physical world and reality.

The mind, the intellect, the lower mind (not the soul or the higher mind or intelligence) thus arises from a basic fear reaction to this state of unknowingness. This basic fear polarizes as desire and crystallizes as the ego, not the pure I of the conscious Self.

Fear keeping separation in place and prevent all forms of spiritual progress. They inducing negativity, stress, fear, woriies, anxiety and panic into the mass consciousness to keep the state od duality in action. Beyond the veil of ignorance is the Higher Self and in the state of Oneness there is no fear, so to prevent humankind from transforming themselves from the ego-identity (of fear) to the state of Oneness (state where there is no fear). Fear feeding eth ego-diality state on Earth. In the three dimensional reality/world “Matter mentality” suppresses “Spirit mentality”, in this state it is Matter over Spirit, but when one has transform from ego to spirit its “Consciousness over Matter”. At this state one can create with Consciousness. This new state can not just create it can also heal, and one will have access to unlimited knowledge about life and existence, and living in present reality of here and now. One will also be able to see into the future. In this new state of mind there is no past or future. just present and one will be able to live in present time of reality. FEAR keeps these spiritual asleep and affects the free will to do want others want you to do and think.

The Elite are presently working very hard at cultivating FEAR among the masses. They do this by staging, or broadcasting, natural or man made disasters, wars and pestilence around the world at regular intervals. FEAR keeps people ASLEEP. Someone who is ASLEEP has no FREE WILL. They are enslaved. FREE WILL is one of the fundamental laws of this universe. The Elite have broken that law by taking away the FREE WILL of billions of living beings in this planet.

Fear and illusion are synonymous. Fear has no reality whatsoever. Fear is that component of the illusion that says you can be destroyed somehow, or you can be harm or you can experience pain which is perceived to be all very real to the ego. The large part of the illusion lies in who you believe you are. In the perceptions of many lifetimes you believe you have a physical body that can be destroyed or can be hurt. You believe that you can be controlled. You believe that you can control others. There are a lot of beliefs that you have. Now, these beliefs say that you are in danger, and so the beliefs d say you are in danger translates to fear. Fear started expressing through emotions. Now fear began to express itself emotionally in many ways as the ego reacted to its perception of its experiences. Fear reacts in the emotion of happiness.

The illusion is the ego’s limited belief of who you are. The illusion is that little tiny pie-shape of your total consciousness, when reality is the totality of who you are. If you knew your reality, you would have no reason for fear, because there would not be anything that would take place that would create the reactions that you are having in this limited state of illusion. “Fear and illusion” versus “Divine Love and Reality”. Fear expresses as an emotion, a part of the ego system, a belief system of this limited part of your knowing of your consciousness. Fear expresses as the ego belief you are separated from your soul’s

Many experts in the field of metaphysics would like for you to believe their way is the only correct way, their insights are grander, and their channels are more real. This is metaphysical dogma. At some point you will be expected to see, feel and think for yourself, for confidence, creating a firm basis of your own understanding, connection to source and disconnection from being a “sheeple” (sheep + people). Creating a solid foundation is beneficial for grounding.

The more automatic, mechanized, monotonous and routine-oriented humans become the more they lose their ability to transform, or change or progress in self-realization. The more they lose this ability the more enslaved they become. Freedom is the ability to be able to change and transform. This world keeps human tuned into one dimensions or one low vibrational state of frequency. Then the ego can´t exist in higher state of consciousness without being dissolved the real freedom and liberation is to find beyond ego-duality-preception.

The more automatic, mechanized, monotonous and routine-oriented and predictable humans life becomes the easier they can be programmed to not change or tuned itheir life nto higher levels of consciousness.

Mental alchemy is the process of transmuting your thoughts to improve your life and expand your mind, while spiritual alchemy is the never-ending process of transmuting a soul personality from a less refined one into a more refined one. As we know, everything is energy—everything vibrates. The difference between one substance and another is based on its rate of vibration. Thoughts, feelings and beliefs also vibrate. As a spiritual being, you also vibrate and exist on many levels.

Alchemy is the process of replacing or transmuting lower, negative vibrational energies with higher, positive ones—at every level of your existence—body, mind and spirit.

Every decision you make is based either on your ego or your higher self. Spiritual alchemy is therefore the process of incorporating more and more of your higher self into your life decisions. When you align with your higher self, your energy and the power of your intent increases. This is a positive, self-reinforcing cycle that leads to mastery and self-realization.

In the three dimensional world and reality humankind is disconnected from the higher state of vibrations because of the actions and dominated ego. Low vibrational enviroment keeps humankind disconnected from Divine knowledge and light because the don´t vibrate fast enough to be in touch with higher realms.

When less part of the brain capacity is needed you are not even exerting your conscious awareness enough to even be aware of what you are even doing at the moment you are doing it. This is in combination by making make everything so predictable as possible reality and life becomes mechanized and robotized. This make it even easier for the controllers to control the mass consciousness and control everybody destiny.

Fear is an energetic threshold that will hold you back until you finally find the courage to break through it. It actually truly creates a metaphysical barrier.

The ego is the lower Self It is the negative and fearful, and lives in constant comparison to others.

The false belief system of illusion is in its’ glory because the more you are frightened the more it validates that the ego exists.

The more you release and transmute these lower vibrational energies from your personal signature, the more you allow your vibration to expand and elevate!

This was to control masses and place fear in place for the mind, body and spirit. This resulted in humans pushing love away. If humans feel fear, then they can be controlled.

From then until now, your Earth has been at a low vibration. … They could not comprehend a world without fear, control and domination.

When you begin to expand your consciousness beyond duality, your energy vibrations rise to a level where those who remain governed by duality beliefs are simply not a part of your world anymore. When you trust the process of letting go of your controls, your fears, belief in good and bad, even your belief in death, you will find your world becoming happier, healthier, and much more abundant. This is the indication that you are crossing the barrier from a 3-D world of duality to higher dimensions.

The reason for the fall into fear rested with the new overlords of the earth. The overlords who had gained control of earth were of a mind to control the humans by instilling fear. They did not want the human beings to remember their God given gifts because the overlords were mostly interested in mining Mother Earth and using the humans to do the work.

You have created a global drama that is rather diverse, uncertain, not very stable, and in a time when things can seem chaotic. This a period when you think you are sailing in one direction and suddenly the course changes on you, the seas may seem stormy, recognize this is the epitome of frightened ego drama worldwide. The false belief system of illusion is in its’ glory because the more you are frightened the more it validates that the ego exists. The ego truly has a great stake in continuing its’ existence and its’ drama believing it is keeping you safe. The ego is never validated by a sense of peace, calm or love. The ego is only validated by fear. Keeping spiritual as the ‘knowing’ of your reality, let us look at how you may choose to live in the physical during these times.

Precarious Times All around the world there are emotions, perceptions, opinions, and fears that show a great fear of helplessness. It is the feeling of helplessness of the masses that is disturbing because it shows the ego is so encased that individuals feel they are powerless. There are individuals who try to express those opinions, whatever they are but are not acknowledged. Humanity has become so driven and so limited by the ego system that they feel they have no power. It has been a globalization of bringing out that feeling. If your judgment, your perception has been a positive of what is taking place, then you are feeling empowered by the experience.

Humans are still asleep to their own divinity. Low vibrations keeps humankind in sleep to their own divinity. Then the ego has become god of this world, it does not want anyone to awaken to higher divine vibrations than the ego itself because the ego want´s control and have power over all other beings.

Ego, mass consciounsess, negative fear programming, the human body bio-computer, FEAR keeps people ASLEEP, predictable lifestyle, transhumanism and technoracy creates mechanized and automatized beings more like predictable machines that can be programmed to do want the global controllers want´s, the more the computers thinking for humans the less brain awareness humans need to use and this is loss of free willpower and creativity, The autopilot state of the mind is what prevents the third eye of intuition from be activated. The ego and intellect is the opposite to intuition, and may even be the enemy within because it prevents anything from be changed and evolved. The ego, intellect and autopilot prevents the third eye of intuition from opening. Low vibrational frequencies controls all this progress of the human mind and humans even welcome this reallity.

Mass consciousness will not work for nothing else than carnal desires of man or the desire consciousness.

The human being is considered to be nothing but a bio-computer made up of organic matter. And computers do not have a free will. They are meant to be manipulated and programmed.

Mass consciousness is a programming mentality program to become like all the others that also is programmed to be like all the others. And if one not follow this programmed progamming one will be excluded or the ego needs the collective cobsciousness to be able to exist. Humans can still decide how this influence us. We cannot change others. We can only change ourselves. One cannot change others or their programming to become like the others to fit in, one can only change the own programming to not become like programmed machine. When others understand how this programming is working through the mass consciousness they will be anle to free themselves from the enslavement-matrix-programming.

By changing ourselves, we also change the world because we are constituent parts of the world. Consciousness is the essential determinant and the instrument of free will. Therefore, in manipulation the `lever’ is first positioned on people’s consciousness.

Making people believe only what you want them to believe by continually telling them it is true and preventing any other information from reaching them. Pressuring someone into adopting radically different beliefs by using systematic and often forcible means. Persuading by means of propaganda or salesmanship.

What is crucial for the globalists in order to keep the pubic unaware is by keeping information from entering the conscious mind, and the corpus callosum is the alpha bridge between left and right brain hemisphere. Negative programming and fears makes the alpha bridge to dissapear.

The power elite continue to bombard the collective unconscious with fearful programming and fear-concepts in order to hold your wandering minds at bay.

When the corpus callosum is shut off it just not block new information, fear blocks ones visions, it blocks new ideas, it blocks new concepts, fear blocks the third eye of intuition, and this blocks and prevents hyper-communication, and blocks new dna strands from be activated. Fear, stress, worry, or hyperactive intellect prevents successful hyper-communication or the information will be totally distorted and useless. In nature, hyper-communication has been successfully applied for millions of years. Fear is the autopilot thinking pattern and the autopilot of the mind is the controlled mind and is the opposite to intuition (third eye).

Escape from this war within the matrix on Earth is through consciousness, not the mind. The great awareness we call consciousness liberates you. Mind traps you in the third-dimensional ego states of being, but consciousness is larger than the ego, and expands to include a multi-dimensional self-awareness.

This new era, has already started with the forced reengineering of our planet and us humans. ChemTrails are not only changing the environment we live in, but are changing us from the inside out. Planetary re-engineering goes beyond controlling the weather. The people behind geo-engineering are after the human race. Transhumanism.

Transhumanist intend to replace all natural laws with their own set of rules which will make it easier to control it all. It is nothing more than an agenda to destroy humanity and human nature. It seeks to devolve and enslave humans in a way that will be irreversible.

If transhumanism can destroy humanity and the human nature, this mean that ‘AI’ may even be more dangerous than nuclear weapons.

By denying you access to particular knowledge, the enemy tries to keep that power for itself, and keep you in a state of ignorance. Yet, what it has ignored is than it is severely ignorant itself, as evident by its erratic approach to power.

As the ego or the egoic mind is the matrix composed by all the thoughts, beliefs, concepts, ideas, biases and assumptions that you picked up along the way, are not yours and that create within you a false sense of self and a false notion of who you are, the “Higher Mind” is, in fact, your real mind, made of your true essence and it contains your most pure sense of self.

Since emotional processes can work faster than the mind, it takes a power stronger than the mind to bend perception, override emotional circuitry, and provide us with intuitive feeling instead. It takes the power of the heart. Meditation removes that obstacle. That, which is, is the nectar of immortality. When one obtains nectar, the fear of death is removed. To separate the vision from the view is to awaken from the delirium of transitory, material pleasure. As the sight moves towards the viewer, the delirium lifts, and when the sight is fully turned upon the viewer, the two become immersed in each other. This is the ultimate stage of internal awakening, upon reaching which it becomes possible to be fully human. This process is the shift from the view of ego perspective to the divine higher self (lens of the soul perspective) and its wholeness.

Removing tear is one of our greatest tasks to overcome that illusion of separation.

The source of most evolved fear is the human being’s disconnection — or perception of a lack of something. The result of this lack down through the ages has been to take control over, take power from, deceive, and repress oneself and others, in a multitude of ways.

We can create the illusion of power over others by the use of fear — and it is fear that actually motivates someone to want to overpower others. We have become unconscious of the fear propaganda that saturates us, and the blind paralysis we have adopted by believing or complying with so much of it. In other words, we have given up and turned over much of our own personal power to someone or something else. We have looked outside of ourselves to validate our goodness and find acceptance, and we have looked outside of ourselves in search of purpose and happiness. We should be looking within to discover our personal truth, our own personal power. We cannot gain by taking from another. We can only become powerful and free by empowering ourselves and then support others in freely doing the same.

We have been teached to believe the powers is outside and not within, and the outer outside is the external ego, and ego is mass consciousness.

Become a seeker of personal truth by choosing to search within, to determine whether that which comes to us from the outside passes the test of our never-failing inner spiritual relationship to our truth with God. Realizing that we have free will to be powerful individual beings who can move away from fear, the greatest illusion, becomes our greatest power, and can bring us into a more wondrous way of being — perhaps a true human “becoming”.

“Since emotional processes can work faster than the mind, it takes a power stronger than the mind to bend perception, override emotional circuitry, and provide us with intuitive feeling instead. It takes the power of the heart.”

Destruction of Fear

Meditation is that act which will remove the broken needle from the finger, and neutralise the poison in the stomach. Meditation not only uncovers the hidden poison, it can also destroy it. When the mind is totally uncovered, one’s life ascends to a level where all wants and deficiencies melt away, and it becomes possible to live in that pure universal consciousness which is beyond all emotion. That which is not real becomes an obstacle in the path of achieving that which is. Meditation removes that obstacle. That, which is, is the nectar of immortality. When one obtains nectar, the fear of death is removed. The destruction of fear is the manifestation of love, and only when love appears can life touch fulfilment, because love rises above all alienations and differences.

The awakening of love causes the heart to bloom like a flower, spreading its sweet fragrance of generosity and magnanimity. The veena (lute) of life begins to play and divine wisdom prevails. It becomes possible to build a flawless, unbroken identity because love can put together the bits and pieces of life, after rendering them fault-free. The personality is unified and mental weakness destroyed. One’s consciousness rises above all types of hypocrisy and pretensions, and life becomes meaningful and healthy. The grip of circumstances is loosened and it becomes easy to mould them favourably.

Meditation Destroys Ignorance

Unbiased viewing of the self is meditation. Through meditation we can know our lack of knowledge. This leads to destruction of ignorance. Thus meditation is a tool devised for the destruction of ignorance. Through the medium of meditation we become aware of our ignorance about the gross body. The material differences of black and white, high and low, vanish.

Perception of our unfamiliarity with the subtle body destroys those beliefs which are based on esteem and contempt, and which keep feeding the idea of “me and mine” while destroying others. The flow of ideas based on “me and mine” is stilled. Ideas vanish into non—ideas. Coming into the non—thinking state one becomes aware of the causal body, which in turn causes the destruction of ego. In the state of sleep man reaches the causal body.

Meditation can free us from such senselessness. To separate the vision from the view is to awaken from the delirium of transitory, material pleasure. As the sight moves towards the viewer, the delirium lifts, and when the sight is fully turned upon the viewer, the two become immersed in each other. This is the ultimate stage of internal awakening, upon reaching which it becomes possible to be fully human. To be established in the Self is real bliss. This is mukti (salvation), the experience of Truth.

Meditation is the means for making life meaningful. Meditation gives life the firm foundation of truth. The same foundation may be used to build a unified human being and an undivided identity. Such a complete human being leads an outwardly active life while remaining inwardly tranquil.

Concentration Vs Meditation

Often, people confuse mental concentration for meditation This is a grave mistake. Mental concentration is not meditation. Meditation means full perceiving the mind. When full perception of the mind is accomplished, the mind’s supremacy over one’s life is destroyed, and the rule of Atma (Self) is established. Then life is managed not by the mind, but by the Self. When the mind cannot indulge its fancies, instead of being unconsciously controlled, ou actions and reactions are conscious and aware. When meditation is successful the manager of life remains ever wakeful and alert, and internal vigilance prevails. Then nothing we do is done coercively. All our actions are perceive and undertaken in the light of divine wisdom. Presently, our vision is engaged with the view. The practice of liberates the vision from the view, while merging it with the viewer. That which remains when the act of merging is completed is Parmatma.

Two primary forces work within the universe—the Knowledge and the Ignorance (Vidya and Avidya). Ignorance works through our subconscious compulsions, dispersing the light of knowledge into the external world, where we lose our true being. This ignorance is based on a belief in an external reality, a bodily identity and a self that is separate from other selves. It is not simply personal but a cosmic force creating mate-riality, density and inertia.

Knowledge is the inner light that reveals the self-sufficient reality of being. We all sense this deeper knowledge in our intrinsic yearning for the eternal, the pure and the real. This higher knowledge is self-knowledge, which is not personal iden-tity, but the perception of the entire universe within our own hearts. It is a cosmic force of awareness, freedom and creativity. We must learn to move from the Ignorance to the Knowledge, which, to use an ancient Vedic prayer, is to cross over from non-being to being, from darkness to light, from death to immortality.

This is the path of discrimination, which takes us beyond illusion to truth. Our false identity or separate self is discarded. Our eternal nature or true Self is revealed, like the sun that shines forth after an eclipse. To find the truth we must negate the falsehood that obscures it, which is the main method of the yogic path of knowledge. However, this is not to leave us in a state of negativity but to remove the veils so that our inner light, which is self-effulgent, perfectly pure and full, will no longer be obscured.

The world is the unlimited under apparent limitation. If we look superficially we see the limited. If we look deeply we perceive the unlimited. The unlimited abides in the state of seeing, our own awakened consciousness, not in any object seen. Thought focuses on the limited and pronounces it to be real. In this way we limit our own reality. Awareness reveals the unlim-ited, not as a theory but as the fact of perception. Which of these two directions in consciousness we choose determines our own reality, and our happiness or sorrow.

The Divine Powers of Spiritual Man and Intuition. By perfectly concentrated Meditation on the heart, the interior being, comes the knowledge of consciousness. By perfectly concentrated Meditation on experience for the sake of the Self, comes a knowledge of the spiritual man. Through mastery of the upward-life comes freedom from the dangers of water, morass, and thorny places, and the power of ascension is gained. This is possible because the spirit world builds into it the organ of intuition, just as the physical body builds for it the sense organs. The senses transmit sensations by means of the soul body, and the spirit transmits to it intuitions through the organ of intuition. According to the Alchemists, the key to understanding our universe is meditation

By perfectly concentrated Meditation on the heart, the interior being, comes the knowledge of consciousness.

The heart here seems to mean, as it so often. does in the Upanishads, the interior, spiritual nature, the consciousness of the spiritual man, which is related to the heart, and to the wisdom of the heart. By steadily seeking after, and finding, the consciousness of the spiritual man, by coming to consciousness as the spiritual man, a perfect knowledge of consciousness will be attained. For the consciousness of the spiritual man has this divine quality: while being and remaining a truly individual consciousness, it at the same time flows over, as it were, and blends with the Divine Consciousness above and about it, the consciousness of the great Companions; and by showing itself to be one with the Divine Consciousness, it reveals the nature of all consciousness, the secret that all consciousness is One and Divine.

By perfectly concentrated Meditation on experience for the sake of the Self, comes a knowledge of the spiritual man.

Spiritual man begins to see, to hear, to touch, to taste. And, besides the senses of the spiritual man, there awakes his mind, that divine counterpart of the mind of the physical man, the power of direct and immediate knowledge, the power of spiritual intuition, of divination. This power, as we have seen, owes its virtue to the unity, the continuity, of consciousness, whereby whatever is known to any consciousness, is knowable by any other consciousness. Thus the consciousness of the spiritual man, who lives above our narrow barriers of separateness, is in intimate touch with the consciousness of the great Companions, and can draw on that vast reservoir for all real needs. Thus arises within the spiritual man that certain knowledge which is called intuition, divination, illumination.

The divine man is destined to supersede the spiritual man, as the spiritual man supersedes the natural man. Then the disciple becomes a Master. The opened powers of tile spiritual man, spiritual vision, hearing, and touch, stand, therefore, in contradistinction to the higher divine power above them, and must in no wise be regarded as the end of the way, for the path has no end, but rises ever to higher and higher glories; the soul’s growth and splendour have no limit. So that, if the spiritual powers we have been considering are regarded as in any sense final, they are a hindrance, a barrier to the far higher powers of the divine man. But viewed from below, from the standpoint of normal physical experience, they are powers truly magical; as the powers natural to a four-dimensional being will appear magical to a three-dimensional being.

Through the weakening of the causes of bondage, and by learning the method of sassing, the consciousness is transferred to the other body.

In due time, after the spiritual man has been formed and grown stable through the forces and virtues already enumerated, and after the senses of the spiritual man have awaked, there comes the transfer of the dominant consciousness, the sense of individuality, from the physical to the spiritual man.

Thereafter the physical man is felt to be a secondary, a subordinate, an instrument through whom the spiritual man works; and the spiritual man is felt to be the real individuality. This is, in a sense, the attainment to full salvation and immortal life; yet it is not the final goal or resting place, but only the beginning of the greater way.

The means for this transfer are described as the weakening of the causes of bondage, and an understanding of the method of passing from the one consciousness to the other. The first may also be described as detach meet, and comes from the conquest of the delusion that the personal self is the real man.

When that delusion abates and is held in check, the finer consciousness of the spiritual man begins to shine in the background of the mind. The transfer of the sense of individuality to this finer consciousness, and thus to the spiritual man, then becomes a matter of recollection, of attention; primarily, a matter of taking a deeper interest in the life and doings of the spiritual man, than in the pleasures or occupations of the personality.

Therefore it is said: ‘Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust cloth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal: but lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust cloth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal: for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.’

Through mastery of the upward-life comes freedom from the dangers of water, morass, and thorny places, and the power of ascension is gained.

Here is one of the sentences, so characteristic of this author, and, indeed, of the Eastern spirit, in which there is an obvious exterior meaning, and, within this, a clear interior meaning, not quite so obvious, but far more vital.

The surface meaning is, that by mastery of a certain power, called here the upward-life, and akin to levitation, there comes the ability to walk on water, or to pass over thorny places without wounding the feet.

But there is a deeper meaning. When we speak of the disciple’s path as a path of thorns, we use a symbol; and the same symbol is used here. The upward-life means something more than the power, often manifested in abnormal psychical experiences, of levitating the physical body, or near-by physical objects. It means the strong power of aspiration, of upward will, which first builds, and then awakes the spiritual man, and finally transfers the conscious individuality to him; for it is he who passes safely over the waters of death and rebirth, and is not pierced by the thorns in the path. Therefore it is said that he who would tread the path of power must look for a home in the air, and afterwards in the ether.

When that condition of consciousness s reached, which is far-reaching and not confined to the body, which is outside the body and not conditioned by it, then the veil which conceals the light is worn away.

The condition is, briefly, that of the awakened spiritual man, who sees and hears beyond the veil. Mastery of the elements comes from perfectly concentrated Meditation on their five forms: the gross, the elemental, the subtle, the inherent, the purposive.

Thereupon will come the manifestation of the atomic and other powers, which are the endowment of the body, together with its unassailable force.

The body in question is, of course, the etheric body of the spiritual man. He is said to possess eight powers: the atomic, the power of assimilating himself with the nature of the atom, which will, perhaps, involve the power to disintegrate material forms; the power of levitation; the power of limitless extension; the power of boundless reach, so that, as the commentator says, ‘he can touch the moon with the tip of his finger; the power to accomplish his will; the power of gravitation, the correlative of levitation; the power of command; the power of creative will. These are the endowments of the spiritual man. Further, the spiritual body is unassailable. Fire burns it not, water wets it not, the sword cleaves it not, dry winds parch it not. And, it is said, the spiritual man can impart something of this quality and temper to his bodily vesture.

Thereupon will come the manifestation of the atomic and other powers, which are the endowment of the body, together with its unassailable force.

The body in question is, of course, the etheric body of the spiritual man. He is said to possess eight powers: the atomic, the power of assimilating himself with the nature of the atom, which will, perhaps, involve the power to disintegrate material forms; the power of levitation; the power of limitless extension; the power of boundless reach, so that, as the commentator says, ‘he can touch the moon with the tip of his finger; the power to accomplish his will; the power of gravitation, the correlative of levitation; the power of command; the power of creative will. These are the endowments of the spiritual man. Further, the spiritual body is unassailable. Fire burns it not, water wets it not, the sword cleaves it not, dry winds parch it not. And, it is said, the spiritual man can impart something of this quality and temper to his bodily vesture.

We communicate with the material world through the body. We communicate with the spiritual world through the spirit. This communication with the spiritual is not carried on by means of the mind or emotion but through the spirit or its intuitive faculty. It is easy for us to understand the nature of the communion between God and man if we have seen the operation of our intuition. In order to worship and fellowship with God man must possess a nature similar to His. “God is spirit, and those who worship him must worship in spirit and truth” (John 4.24).

There can be no communication between different natures; hence both the unregenerate whose spirit obviously has not been quickened and the regenerate who does not use his spirit to worship are equally unqualified to have genuine fellowship with God. Lofty sentiments and noble feelings do not bring people into spiritual reality nor do they forge personal communion with God.

Our fellowship with Him is experienced in the deepest place of our entire being, deeper than our thought, feeling and will, even in the intuition of our spirit. A close scrutiny of 1 Corinthians 2.9-3.2 can provide a very clear view of how man communes with God and how man knows the realities of God through the spirit’s intuition. “What no eye has seen, nor ear heard, nor the heart of man conceived, what God has prepared for those who love him” (v.9).

The larger context of this one verse speaks of God and the things of God. What He has prepared can neither be seen or heard by man’s outward body nor conceived by his inward heart. The “heart of man” includes among other facets man’s understanding, mind and intellect. Man’s thought cannot envisage God’s work, for the latter transcends the former. It is therefore evident that he who desires to know and commune with God cannot depend solely upon his thought.

The body builds itself up out of the world of physical matter in such a way that this structure is adapted to the requirements of the thinking ego. It is permeated with life force and becomes thereby the etheric or life body. As such it opens itself through the sense organs towards the outer world and becomes the soul body.

The sentient soul permeates this and becomes a unity with it. The sentient soul does not merely receive the impacts of the outer world as sensations. It has its own inner life, fertilized through thinking on the one hand and through sensations on the other. The sentient soul thus becomes the intellectual soul. It is able to do this by opening itself to the intuitions from above as it does to sensations from below. Thus it becomes the consciousness soul.

This is possible because the spirit world builds into it the organ of intuition, just as the physical body builds for it the sense organs. The senses transmit sensations by means of the soul body, and the spirit transmits to it intuitions through the organ of intuition.

The spiritual human being is thereby linked into a unity with the consciousness soul, just as the physical body is linked with the sentient soul in the soul body. Consciousness soul and spirit self form a unity. In this unity the spirit man lives as life spirit in the same way that the ether body forms the bodily life basis for the soul body. Thus, as the physical body is enclosed in the physical skin, so is the spirit man in the spirit sheath.

Intuition begins expand at the 5th level of consciousness and being when man has activated his intuition, awakened his spiritual consciousness and is thus truly able to unite human effort with divine grace.

Spiritual Alchemy – Transmuting Our Inner Matrix

Alchemy can be defined as any magical power or process of transmuting a common substance, usually of little value, into a substance of great value.’ Early alchemists are best remembered for their attempts to transmute lead into gold. Over the centuries, the concept of alchemy has grown from its foundation in metallurgy to encompass psychological and spiritual transmutation. Dr. Carl Jung’s work, for example, focused on the alchemical transmutation of shadow into light, or the transformation of leaden aspects of the self into enlightened, golden aspects of the self. And modern spiritual traditions invoke the power of alchemy in the transmutation of the self from a singular inward-turning consciousness to one that is awakened, dynamic, and open to the subtle energies around us.

Traditions of energy healing—that is, activating, supporting, or unblocking the body’s own subtle energy fields to facilitate healing and well-being—can be seen as a form of spiritual alchemy. In restoring a balanced flow of energy through the body, energy healing brings us back into alignment with universal energies, or the Source from which all form and energy emanate. Thus aligned, our consciousness opens; our inner matrix meshes with the world around us, and we are drawn to the path toward our highest self. If we intend to undertake the spiritual alchemy of our own inner matrix, we must begin by exploring what that matrix is made of. That conversation begins with the concept of vibration.

There is no political alchemy by which you can get golden conduct out of leaden instincts. (Spencer 1969: 669–70). For individuals, then, the path of progress is always open; steep and difficult, especially at first. There will never be a crowd gathered round this gate; “few there be that find it.

The alchemical steps which lead to the making of gold were processes in their own bodies and built up and vitalized organs. This body of gold was to be transmuted out of the ordinary body, which is like lead. The symbols of transmutation: Both the body and the psyche can be transmuted, or refined and perfected, by means of a regenerative transformation which is psycho-spiritual alchemy.

Alchemy— The science of alchemy is the philosopher’s stone, the key to the mystery of life. Mystical” refers to revelations of supra-rational character concerning the origin, activity and destiny of the soul.

Those who have read something about alchemy will know that the fabled Philosopher’s Stone (believed to be capable of prolonging life indefinitely and transmuting lead to gold) was said to appear in three stages. The initial dark phase (nigredo) signified unenlightened matter, and could refer to most of the Earth’s dormant rocks, which are spiritually asleep. The second or white phase (albedo), signified a state of spiritually awakened matter, capable of attuning to spiritual Light and awakening the alchemist to his or her higher destiny.The third and final phase of the development of the Philosopher’s Stone is the red phase (rubedo), in which the Stone has fully developed all of its powers. In its red phase, the Philosopher’s Stone is believed to supply the alchemist with power over his or her own longevity, and the ability to heal others and transmute matter from one state to another.

Man’s inner self hides various latent and active abilities which expand his being, his consciousness, beyond the physical. It has also been pointed out that the familiar reference of turning base metal into gold is a metaphor referring to the psychological transmutation of turning the leaden aspects of our mind into the golden strands of consciousness.

The art of alchemy is shrouded in mystery and intrigue. In a historical sense, the chemical reactions and mathematics explored by early alchemists gave rise to the modern science of chemistry. But even amidst the birth of a hard science, alchemy followed a spiritual directive. Today the notion of alchemy has mostly been reduced to the search for the philosopher’s stone. It has been veiled as a romanticized treasure hunt, one that possibly yields unimaginable wealth and eternal life. The true work of the alchemist, however, isn’t oriented around the physical world; it is a spiritual journey that uplifts and refines the heart.

Literature has favored a technical approach to alchemy. Obscure tomes are littered with arcane symbols and complex rites and formulas depicting the Great Work of the alchemists. However, alchemy could also be seen as an art so simple that it could be written on an emerald. Alchemy is not a process to be explored with reason alone, for it is the process of reuniting our heart with the divine mind. Thus, the master alchemist is our own heart. Listening to our heart and actively working to remember its union with Source are the only tasks we need to perfect.

When we stay engaged in spiritual practice, our life begins to change. These shifts may be small at first—almost imperceptible—but will grow exponentially with diligence. The outcome of healing the heart center is a return to Source, the source of all love, and this change is so radical that it empowers the heart to transfigure our entire life to become congruent with this spiritual perspective. As ego dissolves, the conventional separation between heart and mind yields to a state of perfect heart-mind unity, and, similarly, other tokens of duality or conflict in the material world are reworked into the truth of unity.

The process of raising consciousness beyond the limits of duality and into oneness is a lesson in alchemy. Historically, alchemy focused on the processes by which we might transform base metals into precious metals, such as lead into gold. Although many historical alchemists pursued the literal transmutation of one substance into another, the core principles of alchemy reflect spiritual transfiguration, with physical changes being a secondary manifestation of the inner changes taking place. In healing the heart center, we are brought to the cusp of this evolutionary process. Once we arrive at this plateau, we must make a concerted effort to rise to the next level in growth. This is where we stop identifying with the world of the material plane altogether and find our awareness moved into the realm of the unseen. Even the word spirit denotes an invisible essence, something that is just out of reach or comprehension in the physical world. The heart recognizes this quality, and embracing it yields dynamic change in our life.

Spirit is the basis for inspiration. It is literally the act of being filled by spirit, and it applies equally as well to the breath as it does to creative pursuits. In both instances we empty ourselves in order to receive the blessings of life itself. Medieval texts describe “spirits” as vapors or energy fields originating from the heart, not unlike how the heart center, or Anahata, of ayurvedic tradition is closely linked to the air element and to the breath. Whichever view you choose, the heart orchestrates our existence, as it is at the center of our physical and nonphysical anatomy.

The very hollowness of our physical heart reminds us to become empty as the alchemical crucible. By focusing on a spiritually oriented paradigm of the heart, we start to lose our attachment to the mundane, dualistic world. The leaden consciousness of the slumbering mind is transmuted into its golden, luminous state of perfection: the heart-mind that identifies with its own holiness. In this awakening, we cultivate a direct, continuous relationship with Creator, and through this relationship, unconditional love transforms everything that it touches in our lives.

The stones that support the process of heart-centered alchemy have uplifting, opening, and evolutionary energy. These crystals are often described as “high-frequency” stones, for they have tangible effects that border on becoming overwhelming, especially when we are not quite ready for them. Use them with respect and a modicum of caution, as it is easy to overload the energy field when being introduced to these alchemical gemstones. These Stones for Alchemy of the Heart accelerate our spiritual growth. They clarify and strengthen our connection to Source and speed up our processes of manifestation, growth, and healing. As they broadcast their energies into our aura, these gems fine-tune and elevate the consciousness of the heart, assisting it in broadening and strengthening its influence. When the heart is fully awakened, it can be harnessed to transmute any aspect of our existence into its highest potential. Thus, the pinnacle of healing the heart can be considered the noblest form of alchemy.

The individual frustrations and social tragedies of our time are leading men of conscience and goodwill to search for some alembic that will transmute our leaden instincts into golden conduct.

For alchemy truly was a profound marriage of science and spirituality. Its actual aim was for the alchemist to transmute from a state of “leaden” earthly awareness to one of “golden” spiritual perfection. And its core philosophy is that an underlying and all-pervasive energy or consciousness connects everyone with everything, all with all, mind with body, and biology with psychology.

Within the individual, it is coming into true wholeness. In an interior alchemy, our leaden, fragmented self is transmuted into gold, its true nature and highest expression. Whether we then are immortal, as the alchemists predicted, is a mystery beyond knowing.

⦁ The esoteric alchemist’s aim was to transmute the base metals of ignorance into the gold of awareness.
⦁ Turning base metal into gold is a metaphor referring to the psychological transmutation of turning the leaden aspects of our mind into the golden strands of consciousness.
⦁ The objective was to transmute leaden consciousness into golden consciousness. It was to transmute bondage into freedom and poverty into prosperity through a direct rapport with the Higher Self.
⦁ The Philosopher’s Stone – the latter was said to be the catalyst for the transmutation of lead to gold. In alchemical writings, this was often viewed as a metaphor for the transmutation of the self from the crude ego-bound person to the awakened spiritual human.
⦁ “This resonates with the old alchemical assertions that the lipid” is inherent within the lead; and that the processes of transmutation will “free” the gold within the lead.
⦁ The alchemical steps which lead to the making of gold were processes in their own bodies and built up and vitalized organs. This body of gold was to be transmuted out of the ordinary body, which is like lead. The symbols of transmutation: Both the body and the psyche can be transmuted, or refined and perfected, by means of a regenerative transformation which is psycho-spiritual alchemy.
⦁ For alchemy truly was a profound marriage of science and spirituality. Its actual aim was for the alchemist to transmute from a state of “leaden” earthly awareness to one of “golden” spiritual perfection.
⦁ The very hollowness of our physical heart reminds us to become empty as the alchemical crucible. By focusing on a spiritually oriented paradigm of the heart, we start to lose our attachment to the mundane, dualistic world. The leaden consciousness of the slumbering mind is transmuted into its golden, luminous state of perfection: the heart-mind that identifies with its own holiness.
⦁ The master alchemist is our own heart. Listening to our heart and actively working to remember its union with Source are the only tasks we need to perfect.
⦁ The process of raising consciousness beyond the limits of duality and into oneness is a lesson in alchemy. Historically, alchemy focused on the processes by which we might transform base metals into precious metals, such as lead into gold.
⦁ The soul in its chaotic, unregenerate state is lead.
⦁ The leaden consciousness of the slumbering mind is transmuted into its golden, luminous state of perfection: the heart-mind that identifies with its own holiness.
⦁ Hermeticism could have to do with transmuling the “lead” of ordinary experience into the “gold” of consciousness.
⦁ We can learn the art of transmutation, that process philosophers and alchemists dreamed of long ago by means of which we might turn the lead of ordinary consciousness into the gold of self-realization. Transmutation of the human identity into lasting awareness of the Self cannot take place unless it is preceded by a process of individuation.

The true alchemical trnasformation is the true gold of conscious realization of the Self, redeemed from the leaden matter of its unconscious existence – a emergent evolution, an alchemical vessel that takes our leaden thoughts and turns them into gold- a flame burning and purifying the ignoble leaden condition until it reaches the sublime golden state

The ordinary state of the body and ego is the slumbering state of leaden consciousness, so civilisation has been kept in this state of mind for eons, thosuends of years, generation after generation by the controllers of this planet.

The slumbering state of the veil of ignorance may be the leaden consciounsess that´s keeping humankind trapped and imprisoned within matter, and prevents the spark of life to become enlighten. “This resonates with the old alchemical assertions that the lipid” is inherent within the lead; and that the processes of transmutation will “free” the gold within the lead.

Man’s inner self hides various latent and active abilities which expand his being, his consciousness, beyond the physical. An alchemical process can occur whereby the leaden ego is transmuted into the gold of the Self.

The Transformation of Human Nature and Consciousness

The fiery energy passes up through the body’s energy centers, energizing them and burning off the “coverings” that block or dwarf their expression, finally to unite with the spiritual consciousness in the “crown chakra” at the top of the head

Unfolding the Tree of Our Life of the human nervous system itself (the “tree”), caught in the crucifix of dual opposites — good and bad, pleasure and pain, craving and aversion. Each of these myths also points to the release from bondage.

Blessings is said to set in motion a series of neurobio-logical shifts within the brain of the recipient by which previously dormant functions of the frontal lobes are activated; this eventually results in a new enlightened perception of reality.

We cannot activate the future circuits of our CNS/RNA-DNA systems until we start developing a new language for it Meditation activates the inner Language of Light. Consciounsess is Light, and Light is Spiritual Intelligence. Meditation is like building a spiritual bridge were spiritual energy or electricity can flow through the system. Meditation activates the lamp and electricty and activates dormant light codes of higher level of consciousness. Meditation activates this spiritual alechemy and meditation it the experience that will make the lamp to shine brigher and brigher. It has taken thousends of years of conditioning to downgrading gold consciousness to the lead consciousness, and it will take some time re-connect, re-program to re-store this inner temple.

Language of Light and DNA Light Codes Activation

Each of us holds light codes in our energetic body that are connected with our DNA, these light codes are pre-set to activate higher consciousness at different stages of one’s life. Everyone’s are different; you can speed up the activation with Light Language, meditation, light body activation, and with assistance from inner guides, and one also activates these light codes during the travel to your home star during mediation.

On your journey toward self-realization, you start out as an apprentice Alchemist. Eventually, you will acknowledge the urges and impulses that compel you to seek knowledge that will empower your transformation.

To accelerate the process of attaining the ‘golden consciousness’ that unlocks the full might of your Inner Power, requires the presence of a catalyst. The most powerful catalyst in the metaphysical Universe is the Philosopher’s Stone. The Stone will accelerate your growth exponentially and grant you access to true power.

According to medieval alchemists, the key to activating The Philosophers Stone is with a substance they called Vitriol. The word Vitriol derives from the Latin word vitreus, meaning glass, referring to the glassy appearance of the sulphate salts. For example, blue vitriol is copper sulphate and green vitriol is iron sulphate. Vitriol was so important to the alchemists because it is extremely corrosive. In fact, it can dissolve every metal it encounters, except for the one that they were seeking — Gold. Gold is the only metal that can resist the corrosive action of Vitriol!

Pay particular attention to the wording on the outside of the emblem, which says Visita Interiora Terrce Rectificando Invenies Occultum Lapideni. Upon closer inspection, you will notice that it is also an acronym spelling V.I.T.R.I.O.L. This then is the secret formula to producing the esoteric alchemists Vitriol. So what does it mean?

Translated, it simply says ‘Visit the interior of the earth and, by purifying it, you will find the hidden stone’. The interior of the earth is a metaphor for consciousness or awareness. So, to forge the stone, you purify your awareness to the point that mind is transcended entirely. That is, to enter the state of ‘no-mind’, also known as ‘cessation’.

Hence, the Philosophers Stone is not a thing, not a stone, but the state of mind that transcends mind and its polarity altogether. It is to abide in the domain of First Cause, of Pure Awareness itself. During these brief windows of cessation, you achieve the integration of the part with the whole, the local with the non-local, the finite with the infinite. The contemplative traditions refer to this state of being as Cosmic or Unity Consciousness. You experience the brilliant radiance of your own true nature, Pure Awareness itself. Like Vitriol, Pure Awareness dissolves everything in its presence, except for true gold. As a result of repeated exposure to the Stone, you take the individual (part), infuse it with the Universal (whole), and take both back to your everyday life. It results in the ultimate realization of your essential whole/part nature. To produce the Stone is to unite with your wholeness and to open a window to the causal domain of the metaphysical Universe.

Amrith in ancient sanskrit refersing the secretion of the pineal gland. following the yogic metaphor, even as a tiny drop of this nectar may, under proper conditions, influence all the glands and chakras and confer enlightenment. Spiritual alchemy has been used to describe spiritual practices from Ancient Egypt, and elsewhere which lead to transformation and realization in which all apparent opposites—masculine and feminine, heaven and earth, divine and human, the whole and the part, the visible and the invisible; body, heart, mind and spirit-are reconciled, integrated and made whole. The underlying principles of the universal human concept are the same as those that guide the evolution and development of the universe and life itself.

The core alchemical maxim as above, reveals what we learn about the atom teaches us about the solar system, and what we see in natural processes around us reveals the pattern of our own inner development. Edgar Cayce explained in reading (137-181) that every physical being is composed of atomic force, and each atom is a universe in itself, with a mind of its own, under the supervision and influence of the body’s mental faculties. The process of spiritual transformation is a part of the Great Work which is at the same time a spiritual realization. This fact is very often overlooked in alchemical studies claiming alchemy to be wholly a spiritual discipline (Sadhana). In order to obtain the Elixir man has first to triumph over obstacles which culminate in the production of the Philosopher’s Stone which has the property of transforming base metal into gold.

The best authority on spiritual alchemy is our inner guidance and our awareness that when we meet our master, God is the force listening. As soon we see the master, we will steer ourselves toward inner peace, put our light on the map that shows our unfolding path, and attract God’s grace by allowing our inner self to reflect Divine Peace. The journey to inner peace takes time, patience, persistence and faith. After we have gone within and transformed our lead to gold, we will naturally attain the real peace just by direct and constant awareness of God.

The Foundation of mysticism teaches symbolically the fundamental unity of all substances and their inherent faculty of transformation. To the alchemist, the faculty of transformation has a universal meaning. This miraculous power of transformation went far beyond the Philosopher’s Stone, which is supposed to fulfil all wishes or the Elixir of Lift which guaranteed an unlimited prolongation of earthy life. He who experiences this transformation has no more desires, and the prolongation of earthy life has no more importance-for him who already lives in the deathless. That Elexir gained is gained by the way of miraculous powers loses in the moment of attainment all interest for the seeker, because he has grown beyond the worldly aims which made the attainment of powers desirable. In this case, the means sanctify it into a higher aim.

Without a living Master spiritual alchemy wanes, as a lamp goes out when the oil is exhausted. The real Master always teaches man that God is within him, and he always shows his devotees the exact way to God realization and helps them to Self-realization. For this very important reason a living Master is always essential.

Man is steeped in illusion. and he cannot free himself from this illusion. He forgets his origin and he does not understand the Universal Absolute. However, if this situation did not exist, there is no reason why the overself should come as an Avatar (God man) at all. What exists as a reality is only one, but what we see is manifold. What is real is the supreme-Light. This Supreme-Light is the splendour of the Self. That has been called the Light of Oneness. This light of oneness is the Light of the Sell which is the embodiment of Bliss. You can only experience the embodiment of Bliss and it is not possible to exhibit it in any other manner. You are the image of the Supreme Self; the image that is reflected in the body that is part of Nature. It is to discover in and through this agitated world the Peace that is your birth-right and utilize that peace of the illumination of the heart, which will reveal the splendour of the Self which you really are. The devotee must so act so that the heart of the guru melts at his devotion. Only that will cleanse the mind of evil and vice. If man develops devotion and steady faith, he will achieve the glory of Self-Realization.

The Divine alchemy transmutes human clay into something noble and indestructible, that makes from a base substance a precious spiritual distillation. Love is the path, the love of the person for his creator, the individual for the Divine, the man for God. Only in this way does inner alchemy of Divine love transmute the entire existence into a Divine fire with a Divine purpose. Whereas chemistry deals with scientifically variable phenomena, the alchemy constitutes the hidden ESSENCE of all religions. Alchemy teaches the latent forms of things (TRUE ESSENCE) according to their truth and not according to their appearance. If consciousness is transmuted from an ordinary (lead like) level to a subtle (gold-like) level of perception, the TRUE ESSENCE, can be realized as the highest love.

True alchemists have actively sought the universal Medicine, which, ultimately sublimated, becomes the Elixir of Life, the Fountain of Youth and the key to Immortality in a spiritual and a physical sense. This Elexir rejuvenate the human body into an incorruptible “BODY OF LIGHT”. The Adept (he who hasattained the Gift of God) would then be crowned with the triple crown of Enlightenment, Omniscience, Omnipotence, and the joy of Divine Eternal Love. But the very few among the few have succeeded in reaching the ultimate goal. The gold-making is relatively of little consequence comparable to the super-power obtained by the great sufis, which are important by-products of high spiritual attainment.

Through the gift of prophecy that through certain techniques of ecstasy reached by long exercises of meditation, the soul of man acquires some of God’s power. It is on that assumption that Alchemical Activity and Transformation are based. Anyone who does with repetition experimental prayers, meditations of Devotion and Love; changes his own personality and acquires divine power by which he will succeed in producing Alchemical Transformation. God is the highest and greatest that no body can conquer. Divine Love has a great inner value. This inner value is the greatest treasure, it is loving to everybody and hostile to no one. Change Yourself, the heavenly wisdom says, from a dead Philosophical Stone into living Philosophical Stone.

Within one’s Self but not from his ego, is everything which he needs and which he wrongly seeks outside. The light which we must find within us belongs to God who has put it into us. So the truth is not to be looked for in our ego but in God which dwells within us. There is no God except God and in Him is the whole of existence.

By finding the inner truth within ourselves, all doubts get slowly dissolved. In the alchemical sense, the melting of our false egos and putting them into an inner melting pot, out of which comes the one inner truth. We have to begin with ourselves.

The soul in its chaotic, unregenerate state is lead.

The Philosopher’s Stone is the Divine Name, in contact with which the soul in lead is transmuted into gold which is its true nature. This true nature is revealed unveiled, and realized by the practice of dhikr. The alchemical work thus symbolized spiritual realization. The essential work is a transformation of that which is base into that which is noble.

Finding the “hidden stone” and the soul journey; 1. Meditation is the experience, 2. Alchemy is the tool for transformation, 3. Sel-realization is the consciousness/awareness to choise. Liberation is the goal, 5. Mind programming is the fueling ingredience/the spiritual food

Humans have two consciounsness, so there may therefore also be two alchemist of the human thinking system. One negative ego mind alchemist that programs the mind with fear and negativity, and the other alchemist is the Divine alchemist of Consciounsess. If the inner Divine trying to enlightens and uplift the mind, so does Satan darkening the mind by dumbing down the masses to keep them in the state of ignorance or keep them in ordinary “lead consciouness” and prevent it to be transformed from lead to gold consciouness or Christ Consciouness.

The ego has become the God of this world, and it may be Chemtrails is a result of this ego-outer-external alchemy to gain control over humanity.

Satan and God as two alchemist who can create its own alchemical formula to gain power of mind

By retrieving the sparks of light trapped in our bodies and uniting them with the light of consciousness freed from egotistical control, we create a brilliant beacon to the universe.

Self-realization

When we experience the world in an ordinary state of consciousness, it is radically extemal to us

Then from within, a power works on the outer to make it a conscious instrument so that finally the inner and the outer get fused into one another and become one!

We can learn the art of transmutation, that process philosophers and alchemists dreamed of long ago by means of which we might turn the lead of ordinary consciousness into the gold of self-realization. Transmutation of the human identity into lasting awareness of the Self cannot take place unless it is preceded by a process of individuation.

Hermeticism could have to do with transmuling the “lead” of ordinary experience into the “gold” of consciousness.

The first three levels of consciousness are considered to be ordinary states of consciounsess , and the fourth one is said to be a nonordinary state of consciousness.

The fourth state of consciousness is the nonordinary state of nondualiv or turiya. Upanishad defines turiya as: The fourth state is not that which is conscious of the subjective, nor that which is conscious of the objective, nor that which is conscious of both, nor that which is simple consciousness, nor that which is all-sentient mass, nor that which is all darkness. It is unseen, transcendent, the sole essence of the consciousness of self, the completion of the world. Turiya is said both to permeate and to transcend the three states of ordinary consciousness. The subject of the first three states of consciousness is the ego, while the subject of turiya is the higher Self.

From a alchemical understanding the three first levels of consciounsess may also represents the three first physical chakras that needs to be transformed. From a chakra perspective the fourth heart chakra is the Christ Consciousness, so the fourth state of consciousness is the transformed fourth chakra or Christ Consciousness. Then we have turned the lead of ordinary consciousness into the gold of self-realization or Christ Consciousness.

Meditation is a two-way process. It is a lifting of the conciousness upward and then a holding of it there to receive that which comes down from a higher level. The mind and the heart must be absolutely stilled. Only when so stilled can an know his true purpose and destiny. Only when so stilled can his consciousness perceive the higher.

Meditation is not an exercise. It is an experience.

With all the faculties, inner and outer, under control and mastered, the consciousness is made to rise higher and higher, until it experiences.

The guided meditation involves visualizing the progression of dying from the “outer dissolution” of the senses and elements of the body to the “inner dissolution” of consciousness, culminating in the arising of the clear light or ground luminosity of pure awareness. What would ordinarily be considered the moment.

“Bardo,” as noted, means in-between state. So whenever we’re in between two states, no matter what the scale, we’re in a bardo state. These two states could be living and dying or being awake and being asleep, but they could also be the just-past moment of thought and the moment about to come. Thus “bardo” includes the gap between the cessation of one moment of thought and the arising of the next moment.

Every process, transformation, transmutation is in the middle of change, and this includes self-realization.

The purpose with meditation is the progressive expansion of human consciousness and awareness.

The veil of ignorance and alchemy

Piercing the veil of ignorance is a process of meditation and alchemy

The veil of ignorance represent darkness and negativity and this veil is what creates separation between minds and consciousness, or separation between inner and outer consciousness

Through meditation and alchemy one start an spiritual light transformation process

Alchemy is the alchemical-spiritual process that activates the light within us.

Meditation is a two-way process. It is a lifting of the conciousness upward and then a holding of it there to receive that which comes down from a higher level.

Meditation activates an alchemical and spiritual transformation and changing the lower outer/ego awareness (darknes of mind), into inner higher self light consciousness.

There is a time to adore the rose and there is a time to probe its secrets. If you would become the rose, if you would unfold the petals of your own Christ consciousness, you must be willing to pursue the alchemy and the geometry of creation. Without the freedom to create, there is no freedom. The way of freedom is to find the path that leads directly from the place of the soul in the seat-of-the-soul chakra to the place of the Christ in the heart chakra.

When one remove the veil of ignorance from the eyes, one will behold that which many have sought and few found.

The veil of your understanding, who are wrapped in the darkness of ignorance

Alchemy and Christ Consciousness

One can´t reach Christ Consciouness without alchemy and meditation

Meditation activates transformation, and transformation is alchemy, and alchemy removes and purifies, and transmutes lead into gold.

Meditation and alchemy enlightens and strenghtens the inner lamp-Christ Consciounsess.

The letter is the Philosopher’s Stone which is the elixir to Immortality. It is symbolized as a substance that can turn lead to gold. The lead symbolizes man’s basic dense self. The Philosopher’s Stone is the knowledge to transform the basic self to awaken to Christhood. Gold symbolizes the Christhood of being Awake.

The guided meditation involves visualizing the progression of dying from the “outer dissolution” of the senses and elements of the body to the “inner dissolution” of consciousness, culminating in the arising of the clear light or ground luminosity of pure awareness. What would ordinarily be considered the moment.

The Philosopher’s Stone is an allegory used as a legendary alchemical substance that is used to transform base metals into gold. It was sometimes believed to be an elixir of life. useful for rejuvenation and possibly for achieving immortality. This was a sought out goal in western alchemy. In spiritual alchemy the philosopher’s stone would bring enlightenment. Alchemy was the very early step into understanding chemistry. The main difference between the two is that chemistry is motivated by science whereas alchemy was motivated by the belief in the supernatural. In other words chemists believe that there is a reproducible and rational explanation for why things happen. whereas alchemists tended to believe that there were certain magical or charmed things that would get the job done for them. Alchemist did chemistry; they just had a different view of it.

This also applies with spiritual alchemy which is really biochemistry. We are still learning about the human body. Spiritual alchemy or Inner alchemy such as the practices of meditation and yoga for example were once considered magical practices. Today it is known by science how meditation and yoga benefits us. It is based on biochemistry. The ancients knew in order to become spiritual required proper diet, exercise and meditation. They may have not understood the science behind it. Our body chemistry has to do with how we feel our personality our whole well-being. Biochemistry directly affects our psychological well-being.

The body is heavy, a bond, a chain, a prison for the soul; the soul is the true man, which tends to free itself from the body in order to achieve its true nature.

The state of the Soul! Go beyond the subconscious and conscious minds and go to the Super-conscious, where the Electricity of God flows into the Spine through the Medulla Oblongata; and diffuses into the spine, limbs, organs, tissue and brain. Do not in any way be a slave to the senses! Meditation is a practice in the Presence of God!

You become what you contemplate, and by dwelling on the attributes, qualities and potencies of the Infinite within you, you are no longer in the world, or mass mind. You are then in tune with the Infinite, and you are living at higher levels of consciousness, enabling you to find peace in this changing world.

As man realizes his Oneness with Creative Mind, he is released from the bondage of false thinking. Man has to realize his inner nature, that is, his spirituality which reveals oneness with the ultimate.

It is only when man realizes his oneness with the Infinite and believes that Omnipotent Power is at his disposal, that the Spiritual Power within becomes available. So long as man has doubts and fears or disbeliefs, this special power is not available. It is his, but his state of heart and mind prevents him from either realizing the presence of the Power or making use of it. Before the machinery of a workshop can run it must be connected up with the engine room. In the same way, man, before he can live the new life, must become one with the Infinite Life and Power.

Through the Divine Spark within him, which is really his real Self, man is connected with the Infinite. Divine Life and Power are his, if he realizes that they are his. So long as he is ignorant of his oneness with the Divine Source of all life, he is incapable of appropriating the This Power, then, is Divinity’s, yet it is also man’s, but it is not revealed to him until he is fit to be entrusted with it. It is only when man realizes his oneness with his Divine Source that he becomes filled with Its power.

Our higher self s capable of aligning with Source.Man is not separate from his Divine Source and never has been. He is, in reality, one with the Infinite. The separation which he feels and experiences is mental, and is due to his blindness and unbelief. Man can never be separated from Spirit, for he himself is Spirit. He is an integral part of one complete whole. He lives and moves and has his being in Divinity (Universal, Omnipresent Spirit), and Divinity (Spirit) dwells in him.

The majority of people are unaware of this intimate relationship with the Divine, and, because they are unaware, or because they refuse to believe it, they are, in one sense, separated from the inner life of Divinity. Yet this separation is only in their thoughts and beliefs, and not in reality.

Man is not separated and never can be, yet so long as he believes that he is separate and alone, he will be as weak and helpless as though he actually were. As soon as man realizes the truth of his relationship to the Infinite, he passes from weakness to power, from death unto life. One moment he is in the desert, afar off, weak, separate, and alone; the next, he realizes that he is nothing less than a son of Divinity, with all a son’s privileges and powers. He realizes, in a flash, that he is one with his Divine Source, and that he can never be separated. He awakens also to the fact that all the Power of the Infinite is his to draw upon; that he can never really fail, that he is marching on to victory.

It will thus be seen how great is the power of man’s thought. While thought is not the power of the Spirit, it is the power by which man either connects himself up with the Infinite Power, opening himself to the Divine Inflow, or cuts himself off and separates himself from his Spiritual Source. Thus, in a sense, man is what he thinks he is. If he thinks he is separate from Divinity and cut off from His Power, then it is as though this were really the case, and he is just actually existed apart from Divinity.

If he believes and thinks that he is a mere material being, then he lives the limited life of a material being, and is never able to rise above it. But if, on the contrary, he thinks and believes that he is a spiritual being, then he finds that he possesses all the powers of a spiritual being. The powers within you are infinite and by having faith in themselves humans can be connected with the Infinite Source .It depends each individual to harmonize body, mind and spirit to reach the state of higher consciousness the body, mind and spirit connects him to the Sacred Flame, thus making him potentially a Divinity in the making.

We’ve been programmed by current culture and media to believe that we can’t thrive without constant distraction of cell phones, computer games, social media, and the latest music. These build up the illusion that there isn’t anything significant going on within us if all this barrage of input ceased—which is very far from the truth. The glories of Divine potentials exist at a subtle level of consciousness. These are as powerful as the roaring ocean when we develop our skills of opening to them. They will most likely remain hidden to those who tune their consciousness mainly to the mass mind and the latest popular fads. The sacred treasures of higher potentials reveal themselves freely to those who approach with quiet respect, clarity, purity, and patience. There is a conduit of powerful energy that opens up from one’s crown center at the top of the head and gradually accesses up toward the higher Spiritual levels of consciousness which come down to meet it. This is one’s connection to higher realities. It is one’s lifeline to expressing brilliance and profound capacities. This pathway to God Consciousness is a superhighway that cuts right through the chatter of the mass mind and limited thinking and self-doubt. It is a direct access route to the powers of one’s Higher Self and God.

As you ascend spiritually, you will automatically avoid the negative experiences of the mass mind.

The Almighty has implanted genius within the soul of everyone and what we need to do is to unearth that inner genius and cause it to shine forth. We will never do this while we look to others for guidance. “To thine own self repair, wait thou within the silence dim, and thou shalt find Him there.”

All the power and intelligence of the Universe is already within, waiting to be utilized. The Divine Spark must be fanned into a blaze of the living Fire of your own divinity.

Self-reliance is the word to dwell on. Listen to your own voice; it will speak in terms that are unmistakable. Trust in your own self more than in all else. All great men have learned to do this. Every person, within his own soul, is in direct communication with the Infinite Understanding. When we depend on other peo-ple we are simply taking their light and trying to light our path with it. When we depend on ourselves we are depending on that inner voice that is God, speaking in and through man.

We are not limited by actual boundaries, but by false ideas about life and by a failure to recognize that we are dealing with the In-finite.

Limitation is an experience of the race, but it is not the fault of God, it is the fault of man’s perception. And to prove that this is so, let any man break the bonds of this false sense of life and he at once begins to express less and less limitation. It is a matter of the growth of the inner idea.

0 thoughts on “Through the evolutionary history we were isolated in one dimension of our total world, the rest of us cut adrift in the void. Our self-conscious being could only use the five physical senses and ten percent of our brain. Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God within, it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you must master in order to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower Light). Ego is the reason for the tower of Babel which led to the separation of Humanity and led to Humanity losing the oneness and not understanding each other. Ego is the root to all this.Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. This important theme of gnosis takes us back to the beginning of our search. Gnosis is the liberating knowledge that enables release from the materialistic mind-prison-world of the ego-matrix. Everything in our society is set up to entrap us. minds, thoughts and perception. Try to be free from all human constructs. Try to be free even from human expectations. Our society is controlled by the archons, so the masses don’t have their own thoughts but the thoughts of archons.”

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *